hit counter script
Fujitsu Airstage J-IVS AJ 040LCLDH Series Design & Technical Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Fujitsu Manuals
  4. Air Conditioner
  5. Airstage AJ 040LCLDH Series
  6. Design & technical manual

Fujitsu Airstage J-IVS AJ 040LCLDH Series Design & Technical Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for Airstage J-IVS AJ 040LCLDH Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Fujitsu Airstage J-IVS AJ 040LCLDH Series

Summary of Contents for Fujitsu Airstage J-IVS AJ 040LCLDH Series

  • Page 1 DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL...
  • Page 2 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2. MODEL SELECTION 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 4. INDOOR UNITS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 7. FUNCTION SETTINGS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT 9. NOTES 10. OPTIONAL PARTS...
  • Page 3 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2020.09.11 DV_CH01_J3LE050EF_06...
  • Page 4 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Outdoor unit and indoor unit lineup ............01-1 1-1. Outdoor units ........................01-1 1-2. Indoor units........................01-2 2. Optional parts....................01-7 2-1. Controllers ........................01-7 2-2. Adapter/Converter/Maintenance tool ................01-11 2-3. Branch kit ........................01-13 2-4. EV kit ..........................01-13 2-5. Cassette grille.......................01-14 2-6.
  • Page 5 1 to 13 ¢ Model designation Column Code Column Item Description Type AJ: Outdoor unit H: General Brand Y: Fujitsu 040: 12.1 kW Capacity 045: 14.0 kW 054: 15.1 kW Function L: Inverter Function Model change code Series name - (01-1) - 1-1.
  • Page 6 1-2. Indoor units Type Capacity 4.0/4.5 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0 18.0 22.4 25.0 28.0 Model code Compact cas- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● sette 4-way flow cas- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● sette Circular flow cas- ●...
  • Page 7 Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D AUXB004GLEH AUXB007GLEH Cassette grille: AUXB009GLEH Compact cassette AUXB012GLEH 245 × 570 × 570 UTG-UFE-W AUXB014GLEH UTG-UFC-W AUXB018GLEH AUXB024GLEH AUXD18GALH 246 × 840 × 840 AUXD24GALH 10.0 AUXA30GALH Cassette grille:...
  • Page 8 Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D ARXA024GLEH 10.0 ARXA030GLEH Medium static 270 × 1,135 × 700 pressure duct 11.2 12.5 ARXA036GLEH 12.5 14.0 ARXA045GLEH 11.2 12.5 ARXC036GTEH High static 400 × 1,050 × 500 pressure duct 12.5 14.0...
  • Page 9 Type AG: Floor type AB: Floor/Ceiling or Ceiling type AS: Wall mounted type H: General Brand Y: Fujitsu X: Neutral brand A: Standard (AU, AS) B: Compact (AU) C: High static pressure (AR) D: Slim (AR) E: EEV external (AG, AS)
  • Page 10 10-digit code type Column Code Column Item Description Type AU: Cassette type Brand X: Neutral brand A: Standard (AU) Model D: Slim (AU) 18: 5.6 kW 24: 7.1 kW 30: 9.0 kW 34: 10.0 kW Capacity 36: 11.2 kW 45: 12.5 kW 54: 14.0 kW Function G: Inverter...
  • Page 11 2. Optional parts NOTES: • Information on models not mentioned here is available on our Pocket or Pocket Portal as the back number. • Refer to the DESIGN AND TECHNICAL MANUAL for DX kit regarding the contents of DX kit (e.g.
  • Page 12 Exterior Part name Model name Summary High visibility and easy operation. Room temperature can be accurately Wired remote controlled using the built-in thermo UTY-RLR controller sensor. Wire type: Non-polar 2-wire High visibility and easy operation. Room temperature can be accurately Wired remote controlled using the built-in thermo UTY-RCRZ1...
  • Page 13 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Wireless remote Unit control is performed by wireless UTY-LNH controller remote controller. - (01-9) - 2-1. Controllers 2. Optional parts...
  • Page 14 CGG: Group remote controller RNR, RLR, RNK, RCR: Wired remote controller RSR, RHR, RSK, RHK: Simple remote controller LNH: Wireless remote controller G: General Brand Y: Fujitsu X: Neutral brand Version Z1, Z2, Z3 - (01-10) - 2-1. Controllers 2. Optional parts...
  • Page 15 2-2. Adapter/Converter/Maintenance tool Exterior Part name Model name Summary Split type systems can be controlled Network UTY-VTGX from a central controller via the converter converter. Network Split type systems can be controlled converter (AC UTY-VTGXV from a central controller via the power supply) converter.
  • Page 16 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Remotely manage an Air Conditioning Wireless LAN UTY-TFSXZ1 system using mobile devices such as adapter Smartphones, and tablets. If the total length of transmission line exceeds 500 m, or the number of units Signal amplifier UTY-VSGXZ1 exceeds 64, a Signal amplifier will be necessary.
  • Page 17 2-3. Branch kit ¢ Separation tube For 2 pipes Exterior Model name Liquid pipe UTP-AX054A Gas pipe ¢ Header Exterior Model name Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe UTR-H0906L Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe UTR-H0908L 2-4. EV kit Exterior Model name UTR-EV09XB UTR-EV14XB For Wall mounted and Compact floor type (EEV external) - (01-13) -...
  • Page 18 2-5. Cassette grille Exterior Model name Remarks UTG-UFE-W Grid type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-UFC-W Standard type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-UKC-W UTG-UKA-B For Circular flow cassette type UTG-UGA-W For 4-way flow cassette type UTG-USA-W For 3D flow cassette type UTG-UNA-W For One way flow cassette type UTG-UNB-W...
  • Page 19 2-6. Others NOTE: For applicable indoor unit type, refer to "Applicable parts" in Chapter 10. OPTIONAL PARTS on page 10-17. Exterior Part name Model name Flange (Square) UTD-SF045T Flange (Round) UTD-RF204 Long-Life filter UTD-LF25NA × 2 pcs Long-Life filter UTD-LF60KA ×...
  • Page 20 Exterior Part name Model name Panel spacer UTG-BKXA-W Wide panel UTG-AKXA-W Half concealed kit UTR-STA IR receiver unit UTY-TRHX IR receiver unit UTB-YWC IR receiver unit UTY-LRHB1 IR receiver unit UTY-LBHXD Human sensor kit UTY-SHZXC Remote sensor unit UTY-XSZX - (01-16) - 2-6.
  • Page 21 Exterior Part name Model name Install when the condition under the roof is over 80% in humidity and over 30 °C in temperature. UTZ-KXRA Insulation UTZ-KXGA Insulation kit for high humidity UTZ-KXGB UTZ-KXGC Fresh air intake kit UTZ-VXAA Fresh air intake kit UTZ-VXRA UTD-GXTA-W Auto louver grille kit...
  • Page 22 Exterior Model name UTY-XWZXZ6 For Outdoor unit UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ8 For Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit UTY-XWZXZA For Touch panel controller and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZB For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZC For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZD For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZE...
  • Page 23 2. MODEL SELECTION 2022.03.03 DV_CH02_VR2E018EF_10...
  • Page 24 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 1. Model selection and capacity calculation ..........02-1 1-1. Model selection procedure....................02-1 1-2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit selection procedure............02-2 1-3. Capacity calculation method...................02-4 1-4. Cooling capacity range of connectable indoor units ............02-9 1-5. Capacity compensation coefficient ................02-10 2.
  • Page 25 CONTENTS (continued) 4-1. Stand-alone ........................02-73 5. Heating capacity table (Outdoor unit) .............02-79 5-1. Stand-alone ........................02-79...
  • Page 27 1. Model selection and capacity calculation 1-1. Model selection procedure Refer to following information: • "Indoor units" of "Model lineup" in Chapter 3. OUT- Selection of indoor units DOOR UNITS on page 03-1 • "Indoor unit and outdoor unit selection procedure" page 02-2 ↓...
  • Page 28 1-2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit selection procedure Confirm the design of indoor and outdoor tem- perature condition. ↓ Calculate heat load of each room. ↓ Select indoor unit to match the heat load for each room. ↓ [▲] Refer to "Capacity calculation method"...
  • Page 29 Confirm whether satisfy the following calculation. Total capacity of indoor units at design tempera- If A is lower than B, go to step marked [▼▼▼]. ture ≥ compensated capacity of outdoor units (A ≥ B) ↓ System capacity = B ↓...
  • Page 30 1-3. Capacity calculation method The capacity calculation method which takes the effects of air temperature, pipe length, and frosting/ defrosting into consideration is shown below. (TCin)r : Capacity of indoor unit at rated condition (TCin)d : Capacity of indoor unit at design temperature (TCin)e : Estimated capacity of indoor unit ∑(TCin)r...
  • Page 31 • Compensated capacity of outdoor units 1. Find (TCout)r. Refer to the value marked blue in "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-73 or the value marked orange in "Heating capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-79. 2. Find the following compensation coefficient. Refer to "Capacity compensation coefficient"...
  • Page 32 ¢ Calculation example  Example Design conditions Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature Pipe length Height difference 20 m 28°CDB/20°CWB 35°CDB Outdoor unit higher side Outdoor unit Pipe length (L) = 40 m Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit 1 unit 2 unit 3 unit 4 unit 5...
  • Page 33 • Preliminary selection of outdoor unit Item Value Remark B-1 Outdoor unit model 5 HP: AJ045LCLDH Refer to the value marked gray in B-2 (TCout)r 14.0 "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-73 B-3 ∑(TCin)r/(TCout)r 112.9 (A-7)/(B-2) Refer to "Calculation example of 5 B-4 (TCout)d 14.8...
  • Page 34 Calculation method of outdoor unit capacity from capacity tables (X2, Y2) (X, Y) (X1, Y1) Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%) Equation for outdoor unit capacity calculation: Y = (Y )/(X ) × (X - X ) + Y NOTE: Refer to "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)"...
  • Page 35 1-4. Cooling capacity range of connectable indoor units RELATED LINKS "Refrigerant system" in Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-1 ¢ Stand-alone Capacity (kW) Connectable indoor unit Set model name Maximum Cooling capacity range Cooling Heating number (kW)* 12.1 12.1 AJ040LCLDH 1 to 11 6.1 to 15.7...
  • Page 36 1-5. Capacity compensation coefficient ¢ Compensation coefficient of pipe length The tables give the compensation coefficient of pipe length owing to installation position (pipe length and height difference). Pipe length and height difference are the length and the height difference be- tween outdoor unit and indoor unit.
  • Page 37 2. Cooling capacity table (Indoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kW) • SHC: Sensible heat capacity (kW) • Values mentioned in the table are the values when the indoor unit's total rated capacity is 100% of the outdoor unit capacity. 2-1.
  • Page 38 ¢ Model: AUXB012GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXB014GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXB018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB...
  • Page 39 2-2. 4-way flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXD18GALH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXD24GALH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXA30GALH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature...
  • Page 40 ¢ Model: AUXA36GALH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 15.0 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 15.0 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 14.6 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 14.4 10.2 11.2 12.1 13.9 14.2 10.2...
  • Page 41 2-3. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXN009GLAH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXN012GLAH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXN014GLAH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature...
  • Page 42 ¢ Model: AUXM018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXM024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXM030GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB...
  • Page 43 ¢ Model: AUXK018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXK024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXK030GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB...
  • Page 44 ¢ Model: AUXK034GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 10.0 10.8 12.5 13.4 10.0 10.8 12.5 13.4 10.0 10.8 12.5 13.4 10.0 10.8 12.5 13.4 10.0 10.8 12.5 13.4 10.0 10.8 12.5 13.4 10.0 10.8...
  • Page 45 ¢ Model: AUXK054GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 10.4 11.6 12.8 10.0 14.0 10.2 15.2 10.5 17.6 10.9 18.8 11.7 10.4 11.6 12.8 10.0 14.0 10.2 15.2 10.5 17.6 10.9 18.8 11.7 10.4 11.6...
  • Page 46 2-4. 3D flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXS018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXS024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB - (02-20) - 2-4.
  • Page 47 2-5. One way flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXV004GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXV007GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢...
  • Page 48 ¢ Model: AUXV014GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXV018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AUXV024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB...
  • Page 49 2-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type ¢ Model: ARXK004GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXK007GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢...
  • Page 50 ¢ Model: ARXK014GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXK018GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXK024GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB...
  • Page 51 2-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Model: ARXD007GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXD009GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB...
  • Page 52 ¢ Model: ARXD018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXD024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB - (02-26) - 2-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 2.
  • Page 53 2-8. Low static pressure duct (High efficiency) type ¢ Model: ARXP018GLFH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXP030GLFH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 11.3 12.1...
  • Page 54 2-9. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXA024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ARXA030GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 11.3 12.1 11.3...
  • Page 55 2-10. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXC036GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 15.0 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 15.0 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 14.6 10.2 11.2 12.1 14.0 14.4...
  • Page 56 2-11. Compact floor type ¢ Model: AGA004GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AGA007GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AGA009GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature...
  • Page 57 ¢ Model: AGA012GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AGA014GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB - (02-31) - 2-11. Compact floor type 2.
  • Page 58 2-12. Compact floor type (EEV external type model) ¢ Model: AGE004GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AGE007GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢...
  • Page 59 ¢ Model: AGE012GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: AGE014GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB - (02-33) - 2-12. Compact floor type (EEV external type model) 2.
  • Page 60 2-13. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABA012GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ABA014GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ABA018GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature...
  • Page 61 2-14. Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABA030GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 11.3 12.1 11.3 12.1 11.3 11.7 11.3 11.5 11.2 11.4 11.0 11.2 10.8 11.0 10.5 10.7 10.3 10.5 10.2 10.4 10.1 ¢...
  • Page 62 2-15. Wall mounted type ¢ Model: ASA004GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASA007GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASA009GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature...
  • Page 63 ¢ Model: ASA012GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASA014GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASA018GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB...
  • Page 64 ¢ Model: ASA024GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASA030GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB 11.3 12.1 11.3 12.1 11.3 12.1 11.3 12.1 11.3...
  • Page 65 2-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external type model) ¢ Model: ASE004GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASE007GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢...
  • Page 66 ¢ Model: ASE012GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB ¢ Model: ASE014GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB/14°CWB 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB °CDB - (02-40) - 2-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external type model) 2.
  • Page 67 3. Heating capacity table (Indoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kW) • Values mentioned in the table are the values when the indoor unit's total rated capacity is 100% of the outdoor unit capacity. 3-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Model: AUXB004GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 68 ¢ Model: AUXB012GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: AUXB014GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 69 3-2. 4-way flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXD18GALH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢...
  • Page 70 ¢ Model: AUXA34GALH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 -1.0 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.2...
  • Page 71 3-3. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXN009GLAH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢...
  • Page 72 ¢ Model: AUXM018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: AUXM024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 73 ¢ Model: AUXK018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: AUXK024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 74 ¢ Model: AUXK036GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.1 -3.0 -4.0 10.9 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.7 10.7 -1.0...
  • Page 75 3-4. 3D flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXS018GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢...
  • Page 76 3-5. One way flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXV004GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5...
  • Page 77 ¢ Model: AUXV012GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: AUXV014GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 78 3-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type ¢ Model: ARXK004GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6...
  • Page 79 ¢ Model: ARXK012GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: ARXK014GLGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 80 3-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Model: ARXD007GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0...
  • Page 81 ¢ Model: ARXD012GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: ARXD014GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 82 3-8. Low static pressure duct (High efficiency) type ¢ Model: ARXP018GLFH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6...
  • Page 83 3-9. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXA024GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5...
  • Page 84 ¢ Model: ARXA045GLEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.2 10.1 10.1 10.0 -7.0 -8.0 10.9 10.9 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.7 10.7 -5.0 -6.0 11.6...
  • Page 85 3-10. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXC036GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.1 -3.0 -4.0 10.9...
  • Page 86 3-11. Compact floor type ¢ Model: AGA004GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢...
  • Page 87 ¢ Model: AGA012GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: AGA014GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 88 3-12. Compact floor type (EEV external type model) ¢ Model: AGE004GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6...
  • Page 89 ¢ Model: AGE012GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: AGE014GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 90 3-13. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABA012GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢...
  • Page 91 ¢ Model: ABA024GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 - (02-65) - 3-13.
  • Page 92 3-14. Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABA030GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 10.6 10.6 10.0 11.1 10.6 10.0 11.3...
  • Page 93 ¢ Model: ABA054GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.5 -9.0 -10.0 11.8 11.7 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.5 11.5 -7.0 -8.0 12.5 12.4 12.3...
  • Page 94 3-15. Wall mounted type ¢ Model: ASA004GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢...
  • Page 95 ¢ Model: ASA012GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: ASA014GCGH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 96 ¢ Model: ASA024GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: ASA030GTEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 97 3-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external type model) ¢ Model: ASE004GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6...
  • Page 98 ¢ Model: ASE012GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB °CDB °CWB -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 ¢ Model: ASE014GCEH Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 16°CDB...
  • Page 99 4. Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kW) • IP: Input power of compressor and outdoor fan motor (kW) • The data is based on the following conditions: – Pipe length: 7.5 m – Height difference: 0 m 4-1.
  • Page 100 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 12.1 kW (4 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB indoor unit °CDB 0.98 1.07 1.16 1.24 1.33 10.4 1.42 11.8 1.60 12.5 1.69 0.98 1.07 1.16 1.24...
  • Page 101 ¢ Model: AJ045LCLDH Cooling capacity at rated condition: 14.0 kW (5 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB indoor unit °CDB 12.9 1.95 14.2 2.14 15.6 2.33 16.9 2.52 18.2 2.70 18.7 3.06...
  • Page 102 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 14.0 kW (5 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB indoor unit °CDB 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.41 1.51 10.5 1.61 11.9 1.81 12.6 1.91 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.41...
  • Page 103 ¢ Model: AJ054LCLDH Cooling capacity at rated condition: 15.1 kW (6 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB indoor unit °CDB 13.9 2.21 15.4 2.42 16.8 2.64 18.2 2.85 19.0 3.06 19.4 3.45...
  • Page 104 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 15.1 kW (6 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 20°CDB/15°CWB 23°CDB/16°CWB 24°CDB/17°CWB 26°CDB/18°CWB 27°CDB/19°CWB 28°CDB/20°CWB 30°CDB/22°CWB 32°CDB/23°CWB indoor unit °CDB 1.24 1.36 1.47 1.59 10.5 1.70 11.3 1.82 12.9 2.05 13.6 2.16 1.24 1.36 1.47...
  • Page 105 5. Heating capacity table (Outdoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kW) • IP: Input power of compressor and outdoor fan motor (kW) • The data is based on the following conditions: – Pipe length: 7.5 m – Height difference: 0 m 5-1.
  • Page 106 Heating capacity at rated condition: 12.1 kW (4 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit °CDB °CWB -20.0 -20.7 2.44 2.51 2.58 2.62 2.65 2.72 2.79 -15.0 -16.0 2.73 2.80 2.87 2.91...
  • Page 107 ¢ Model: AJ045LCLDH Heating capacity at rated condition: 14.0 kW (5 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit °CDB °CWB -20.0 -20.7 10.7 2.83 10.5 2.92 10.4 3.01 10.3 3.05 10.2 3.09...
  • Page 108 Heating capacity at rated condition: 14.0 kW (5 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit °CDB °CWB -20.0 -20.7 10.3 3.29 10.1 3.37 10.0 3.45 3.49 3.53 3.61 3.33 -15.0 -16.0 11.4...
  • Page 109 ¢ Model: AJ054LCLDH Heating capacity at rated condition: 15.1 kW (6 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit °CDB °CWB -20.0 -20.7 10.9 3.10 10.8 3.19 10.6 3.29 10.5 3.33 10.5 3.38...
  • Page 110 Heating capacity at rated condition: 15.1 kW (6 HP) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit °CDB °CWB -20.0 -20.7 10.5 3.57 10.4 3.66 10.2 3.75 10.2 3.80 10.1 3.84 10.0 3.93 3.93...
  • Page 111 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 2021.01.29 DV_CH03_J4SE067EF_03...

  • Page 112: Table Of Contents

    CONTENTS 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 1. Model lineup ....................03-1 1-1. Stand-alone ........................03-1 2. Specifications....................03-2 2-1. Stand-alone ........................03-2 3. Dimensions....................03-3 3-1. Stand-alone ........................03-3 4. Installation space ..................03-4 4-1. Space requirement ......................03-5 4-2. Duct installation ......................03-8 5. Refrigerant circuit ..................03-10 5-1. Models: AJ040LCLDH, AJ045LCLDH, and AJ054LCLDH ........03-10 5-2.

  • Page 113: Model Lineup

    1. Model lineup 1-1. Stand-alone Lineup from 4 HP to 6 HP in 1 HP increments. Cooling capacity Connectable indoor Model name (kW) unit 12.1 AJ040LCLDH 1 to 11 14.0 AJ045LCLDH 1 to 12 15.1 1 to 13 AJ054LCLDH - (03-1) - 1-1.

  • Page 114: Specifications

    2. Specifications 2-1. Stand-alone Nominal system capacity Model name AJ040LCLDH AJ045LCLDH AJ054LCLDH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 12.1 14.0 15.1 Cooling Rated Btu/h 41,200 47,700 51,500 12.1 14.0 15.1 Capacity Rated (Nominal) Btu/h 41,200 47,700 51,500...

  • Page 115: Dimensions

    3. Dimensions 3-1. Stand-alone ¢ Models: AJ040LCLDH, AJ045LCLDH, and AJ054LCLDH Unit: mm Top view Terminal blocks (Transmission) Terminal blocks (Power) 3-way valve (Liquid) 3-way valve (Gas) Ø28 (cable port) Ø28 (cable port) Ø28 (cable port) Front view Ø28 (cable port) Ø28 (cable port) Rear view Pipe port...

  • Page 116: Installation Space

    4. Installation space CAUTION • The installation space shown in the following examples is based on an ambient temperature un- der cooling operation of 35°CDB at the air intake of the outdoor unit. Provide more space around the air intake than shown in the examples if the ambient tempera- ture exceeds 35°CDB or if the thermal load of all of the outdoor units exceeds the capacity.

  • Page 117: Space Requirement

    4-1. Space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety.  Single outdoor unit installation • When the upper space is open: Unit: mm When there are obstacles at the rear only. When there are obstacles at the rear and sides.
  • Page 118  Multiple outdoor unit installation NOTES: • Provide at least 100 mm of space between the outdoor units if multiple units are installed. • When routing the piping from the side of an outdoor unit, provide space for the piping. •...
  • Page 119  Outdoor unit installation in multi-row NOTE: Following settings are not recommended in case of cooling by a low outside tempera- ture. Unit: mm Single parallel unit arrangement Multiple parallel unit arrangement 2,000 or more 3,000 or more 1,000 1,500 - (03-7) - 4-1.

  • Page 120: Duct Installation

    4-2. Duct installation When the upward area is 1,000 mm or less, it may be necessary to install a duct. • A: Keep the upward area over 100 mm, even if a duct is installed. • B: 19 in (500 mm) or less Unit: mm Duct installation C (Duct length)
  • Page 121 ¢ Duct installation example  Models: AJ040LCLDH, AJ045LCLDH, and AJ054LCLDH Vent hole Detail A Service panel ● Detail A Service panel Do not block the vent hole. Do not cover the service panel. - (03-9) - 4-2. Duct installation 4. Installation space...

  • Page 122: Refrigerant Circuit

    5. Refrigerant circuit 5-1. Models: AJ040LCLDH, AJ045LCLDH, and AJ054LCLDH Outdoor unit TH10 Indoor unit1 TH21 FAN21 TH23 TH22 Liquid line HEX21 EEV21 Gas line Indoor unit2 TH21 FAN21 TH23 TH22 HEX21 EEV21 : Check valve : Strainer : Pressure regulation valve - (03-10) - 5-1.

  • Page 123: Symbol Description

    5-2. Symbol description • Outdoor unit Symbol Description Marking color Compressor (Inverter type) — Heat exchanger — — Accumulator — High pressure sensor — Low pressure sensor — 4-way valve — Electric expansion valve — Solenoid valve — Discharge temperature thermistor Blue Outdoor temperature thermistor —...

  • Page 124: Wiring Diagrams

    6. Wiring diagrams 6-1. Models: AJ040LCLDH and AJ045LCLDH - (03-12) - 6-1. Models: AJ040LCLDH and AJ045LCLDH 6. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 125: Model: Aj054Lcldh

    6-2. Model: AJ054LCLDH - (03-13) - 6-2. Model: AJ054LCLDH 6. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 126: Operation Range

    7. Operation range 7-1. Outdoor unit Operation mode AJ040LCLDH AJ045LCLDH AJ054LCLDH Cooling/Dry -5 to 46 °CDB Heating -20 to 21 °CDB 7-2. Indoor unit Operation mode Operation range 18 to 32 °CDB Cooling/Dry R.H. 80% or less Heating 10 to 30 °CDB R.H.: Relative humidity - (03-14) - 7-1.

  • Page 127: Operation Noise (Sound Pressure)

    8. Operation noise (sound pressure) 8-1. Noise level curve ¢ Model: AJ040LCLDH  Cooling  Heating NC-65 Rated Rated NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 Low noise mode Low noise mode NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20...

  • Page 128: Sound Level Check Point

    ¢ Model: AJ054LCLDH  Cooling  Heating NC-65 NC-65 Rated Rated NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 Low noise mode Low noise mode NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...

  • Page 129: Electrical Characteristics

    9. Electrical characteristics Select the breaker based on MCA of the following tables. Select the wire diameter based on the larger value of MCA or TOCA of the following tables. Select a wire diameter which withstands the breaker capacity. Select the correct cable type and size according to the country or region’s regulations. Limited wiring length is in case voltage drop less than 2%.

  • Page 130: Safety Devices

    10. Safety devices Model Type of protection Protection form AJ040LCLDH AJ045LCLDH AJ054LCLDH Fuse (Filter PCB) AC 250 V, 5 A Circuit protection Protector (Filter PCB) AC 500 V, 45 A Over current protection — 115 °C Activate Compressor Compressor stop Temperature protector protection...

  • Page 131: Accessories

    11. Accessories The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 11-1. Stand-alone Name and shape Q’ty Application Specifications manual Installation manual For outdoor unit drain piping work Drain cap For outdoor unit drain piping work Drain pipe...
  • Page 132 - (03-20) - 11-1. Stand-alone 11. Accessories...
  • Page 133 4. INDOOR UNITS 2022.03.03 DV_CH04_VR2E018EF_15...
  • Page 134 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS 1. Model lineup ....................04-1 2. Specifications....................04-4 2-1. Compact cassette type ....................04-4 2-2. 4-way flow cassette type ....................04-6 2-3. Circular flow cassette type....................04-9 2-4. 3D flow cassette type ....................04-13 2-5. One way flow cassette type ..................04-14 2-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type..............04-16 2-7.
  • Page 135 CONTENTS (continued) 5-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type ........04-82 5-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency).............04-83 5-9. Medium static pressure duct type .................04-84 5-10. High static pressure duct type ..................04-85 5-11. Compact floor type .....................04-87 5-12.
  • Page 136 CONTENTS (continued) 8-15. Wall mounted type....................04-252 8-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) ..............04-253 9. Noise level curve ..................04-254 9-1. Compact cassette type ....................04-254 9-2. 4-way flow cassette type ....................04-256 9-3. Circular flow cassette type..................04-258 9-4. 3D flow cassette type ....................04-260 9-5.
  • Page 137 CONTENTS (continued) 11-7.Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type .........04-294 11-8.Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency)............04-295 11-9.Medium static pressure duct type ................04-296 11-10.High static pressure duct type .................04-297 11-11.Compact floor type ....................04-298 11-12.Floor/Ceiling type.....................04-299 11-13.Ceiling type......................04-301 11-14.Wall mounted type....................04-302...

  • Page 139: Model Lineup

    1. Model lineup Type Capacity 4.0/4.5 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0 18.0 22.4 25.0 28.0 Model code Compact cas- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● sette 4-way flow cas- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● sette Circular flow cas- ●...
  • Page 140 Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D AUXB004GLEH AUXB007GLEH Cassette grille: AUXB009GLEH Compact cassette AUXB012GLEH 245 × 570 × 570 UTG-UFE-W AUXB014GLEH UTG-UFC-W AUXB018GLEH AUXB024GLEH AUXD18GALH 246 × 840 × 840 AUXD24GALH 10.0 AUXA30GALH Cassette grille:...
  • Page 141 Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D ARXA024GLEH 10.0 ARXA030GLEH Medium static 270 × 1,135 × 700 pressure duct 11.2 12.5 ARXA036GLEH 12.5 14.0 ARXA045GLEH 11.2 12.5 ARXC036GTEH High static 400 × 1,050 × 500 pressure duct 12.5 14.0...

  • Page 142: Specifications

    2. Specifications 2-1. Compact cassette type Model name AUXB004GLEH AUXB007GLEH AUXB009GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 10,900 Input power HIGH 530/530* (147/147) 540 (150) 550 (153) MED—HIGH 500 (139)
  • Page 143 Model name AUXB012GLEH AUXB014GLEH AUXB018GLEH AUXB024GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 12,300 15,400 19,100 24,200 Capacity Heating Btu/h 14,000 17,100 21,500 27,300 Input power HIGH 600 (167) 680 (189) 710 (197) 1,030 (286) MED—HIGH 560 (156)

  • Page 144: 4-Way Flow Cassette Type

    2-2. 4-way flow cassette type Model name AUXD18GALH AUXD24GALH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 19,100 24,200 Capacity Heating Btu/h 21,500 27,300 Input power HIGH 1,150 (319) 1,280 (356) Airflow rate 940 (261) 1,040 (289) /h (l/s) 870 (242)
  • Page 145 Model name AUXA30GALH AUXA34GALH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 10.0 Cooling Btu/h 30,700 34,100 Capacity 10.0 11.2 Heating Btu/h 34,100 38,200 Input power HIGH 1,600 (444) 1,750 (486) Airflow rate /h (l/s) 1,300 (361) 1,100 (306) Type ×...
  • Page 146 Model name AUXA36GALH AUXA45GALH AUXA54GALH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 11.2 12.5 14.0 Cooling Btu/h 38,200 42,600 47,700 Capacity 12.5 14.0 16.0 Heating Btu/h 42,700 47,800 54,600 Input power HIGH 1,800 (500) 1,900 (528) 2,000 (556) Airflow rate /h (l/s)

  • Page 147: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    2-3. Circular flow cassette type Model name AUXN009GLAH AUXN012GLAH AUXN014GLAH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 9,500 12,200 15,300 Capacity Heating Btu/h 10,900 13,600 17,000 Input power HIGH 1,050 (292) MED—HIGH 930 (258) 900 (250) Airflow rate /h (l/s)
  • Page 148 Model name AUXM018GLEH AUXM024GLEH AUXM030GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 19,100 24,200 30,700 Capacity 10.0 Heating Btu/h 21,500 27,300 34,100 Input power HIGH 1,050 (292) 1,120 (311) 1,470 (408) MED—HIGH 930 (258) 1,050 (292) 1,160 (322) 900 (250)
  • Page 149 Model name AUXK018GLEH AUXK024GLEH AUXK030GLEH AUXK034GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 10.0 Cooling Btu/h 19,100 24,200 30,700 34,100 Capacity 10.0 11.2 Heating Btu/h 21,500 27,300 34,100 38,200 Input power HIGH 1,420 (394) 1,440 (400) MED—HIGH 1,360 (378) 1,400 (389)
  • Page 150 Model name AUXK036GLEH AUXK045GLEH AUXK054GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 11.2 12.5 14.0 Cooling Btu/h 38,200 42,700 47,800 Capacity 12.5 14.0 16.0 Heating Btu/h 42,700 47,800 54,600 Input power HIGH 1,620 (450) 1,820 (506) 2,040 (567) MED—HIGH 1,500 (417)

  • Page 151: Flow Cassette Type

    2-4. 3D flow cassette type Model name AUXS018GLEH AUXS024GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 5.60 7.10 Cooling Btu/h 19,100 24,200 Capacity 6.30 8.00 Heating Btu/h 21,500 27,300 20/28 34/43 Input power* 750/870 950/1,040 HIGH (208/242) (264/289)

  • Page 152: One Way Flow Cassette Type

    2-5. One way flow cassette type Model name AUXV004GLEH AUXV007GLEH AUXV009GLEH AUXV012GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 12,300 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 10,900 13,600 Input power HIGH 460 (128) 550 (153) 670 (186)
  • Page 153 Model name AUXV014GLEH AUXV018GLEH AUXV024GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 15,400 19,100 24,200 Capacity Heating Btu/h 17,100 21,500 27,300 Input power HIGH 720 (200) 890 (247) 1,150 (319) MED—HIGH 660 (183) 840 (233) 1,020 (283) 630 (175)

  • Page 154: Low Static Pressure Duct (Mini Duct) Type

    2-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type Model name ARXK004GLGH ARXK007GLGH ARXK009GLGH ARXK012GLGH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 12,300 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 11,000 13,600 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 30 Standard static pressure...
  • Page 155 Model name ARXK014GLGH ARXK018GLGH ARXK024GLGH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 15,400 19,100 24,200 Capacity Heating Btu/h 17,100 21,500 27,300 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 50 Standard static pressure HIGH 760 (211) 930 (258) 1,160 (322)

  • Page 156: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    2-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type Model name ARXD007GLEH ARXD009GLEH ARXD012GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 7,500 9,600 12,300 Capacity Heating Btu/h 9,600 10,900 13,600 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 90 Standard static pressure...
  • Page 157 Model name ARXD014GLEH ARXD018GLEH ARXD024GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 15,400 19,100 24,200 Capacity Heating Btu/h 17,100 21,500 27,300 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 90 0 to 50 Standard static pressure HIGH 800 (222) 940 (261)

  • Page 158: Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    2-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) Model name ARXP018GLFH ARXP030GLFH Power supply 220—240 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 19,100 30,700 Capacity 10.0 Heating Btu/h 21,500 34,100 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 80 Standard static pressure HIGH 1,540/1,440*...

  • Page 159: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    2-9. Medium static pressure duct type Model name ARXA024GLEH ARXA030GLEH ARXA036GLEH ARXA045GLEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 11.2 12.5 Cooling Btu/h 24,200 30,700 38,200 42,700 Capacity 10.0 12.5 14.0 Heating Btu/h 27,300 34,100 42,700 47,800 Input power...

  • Page 160: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    2-10. High static pressure duct type Model name ARXC036GTEH ARXC045GTEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 11.2 12.5 Cooling Btu/h 38,200 42,700 Capacity 12.5 14.0 Heating Btu/h 42,700 47,800 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 200 100 to 250 Standard static pressure...

  • Page 161: Compact Floor Type

    2-11. Compact floor type Model name AGA004GCGH AGA007GCGH AGA009GCGH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 10,900 Input power 12/14* 380/430* HIGH 470 (131) 500 (139) (106/119) MED—HIGH 350 (97)
  • Page 162 Model name AGA012GCGH AGA014GCGH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 12,300 13,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 13,600 15,400 Input power HIGH 590 (164) 670 (186) MED—HIGH 520 (144) 590 (164) 470 (131) 520 (144) Airflow rate /h (l/s) MED—LOW...

  • Page 163: Compact Floor Type (Eev External Model)

    2-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) Model name AGE004GCEH AGE007GCEH AGE009GCEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 10,900 Input power 12/14* 380/430* HIGH 470 (131) 500 (139) (106/119)
  • Page 164 Model name AGE012GCEH AGE014GCEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 12,300 13,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 13,600 15,400 Input power HIGH 590 (164) 670 (186) MED—HIGH 520 (144) 590 (164) 470 (131) 520 (144) Airflow rate /h (l/s) MED—LOW...

  • Page 165: Floor/Ceiling Type

    2-13. Floor/Ceiling type Model name ABA012GTEH ABA014GTEH ABA018GTEH ABA024GTEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 12,300 15,400 19,100 24,200 Capacity Heating Btu/h 13,600 17,100 21,500 27,300 Input power HIGH 660 (183) 780 (217) 1,000 (278) MED—HIGH 620 (172)

  • Page 166: Ceiling Type

    2-14. Ceiling type Model name ABA030GTEH ABA036GTEH ABA045GTEH ABA054GTEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 11.2 12.5 14.0 Cooling Btu/h 30,700 38,200 42,700 47,800 Capacity 10.0 12.5 14.0 16.0 Heating Btu/h 34,100 42,700 47,800 54,600 Input power HIGH...

  • Page 167: Wall Mounted Type

    2-15. Wall mounted type Model name ASA004GCGH ASA007GCGH ASA009GCGH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 10,900 Input power HIGH 450 (125) 550 (153) 610 (169) MED—HIGH 430 (119) 510 (142)
  • Page 168 Model name ASA012GCGH ASA014GCGH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 12,300 13,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 13,600 15,400 Input power HIGH 690 (192) 800 (222) MED—HIGH 610 (169) 740 (206) 560 (156) 680 (189) Airflow rate /h (l/s) MED—LOW...
  • Page 169 Model name ASA018GCEH ASA024GCEH ASA030GTEH ASA034GTEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V 10.0 Cooling Btu/h 19,100 24,200 30,700 34,100 Capacity 10.0 11.2 Heating Btu/h 21,500 27,300 34,100 38,200 Input power 1,620/1,520* HIGH 840 (233) 1,100 (306) 1,440 (400) (450/422)

  • Page 170: Wall Mounted Type (Eev External Model)

    2-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) Model name ASE004GCEH ASE007GCEH ASE009GCEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 3,800 7,500 9,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 4,400 9,600 10,900 Input power HIGH 450 (125) 550 (153) 610 (169) MED—HIGH...
  • Page 171 Model name ASE012GCEH ASE014GCEH Power supply 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198—264 V Cooling Btu/h 12,300 13,600 Capacity Heating Btu/h 13,600 15,400 Input power HIGH 690 (192) 800 (222) MED—HIGH 610 (169) 740 (206) 560 (156) 680 (189) Airflow rate /h (l/s) MED—LOW...

  • Page 172: Electrical Characteristics

    3. Electrical characteristics Indoor unit Power supply: 50 Hz, 230 V Indoor rated Input power Current Type Model name AUXB004GLEH 0.20 0.17 AUXB007GLEH 0.20 0.17 AUXB009GLEH 0.20 0.17 Compact cassette AUXB012GLEH 0.24 0.20 AUXB014GLEH 0.29 0.24 AUXB018GLEH 0.30 0.25 AUXB024GLEH 0.75 0.62 AUXD18GALH...
  • Page 173 Indoor unit Power supply: 50 Hz, 230 V Indoor rated Input power Current Type Model name Low static ARXP018GLFH 1.07 0.81 pressure duct ARXP030GLFH 1.49 1.31 (High efficiency) ARXA024GLEH 1.00 0.60 ARXA030GLEH 1.12 0.69 Medium static pressure duct ARXA036GLEH 1.68 1.18 ARXA045GLEH 2.12...

  • Page 174: Dimensions

    4. Dimensions 4-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Models: AUXB004GLEH, AUXB007GLEH, AUXB009GLEH, AUXB012GLEH, AUXB014GLEH, AUXB018GLEH, and AUXB024GLEH Unit: mm Grid type grille IR receiver Standard type grille Hanging bolt position IR reciever Drain hose View A Ceiling Control Box View C View B a: Ceiling openings Standard type...
  • Page 175 ¢ Installation space Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling or more 1,000 1,000 or more 1,800 to or more Obstruction Floor Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height. H: The maximum height from floor to ceiling (mm) Model code Ceiling height Standard...

  • Page 176: 4-Way Flow Cassette Type

    4-2. 4-way flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXD18GALH and AUXD24GALH Unit: mm IR receiver (Option) Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A Control box Ceiling Wire hole Fresh air inlet (cut out) Ø70 View B View C 4 × Ø2.5 hole - (04-38) - 4-2.
  • Page 177 ¢ Models: AUXA30GALH, AUXA34GALH, AUXA36GALH, AUXA45GALH, and AUXA54GALH Unit: mm IR receiver (Option) Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A Control box Ceiling Wire hole Fresh air inlet (cut out) Ø70 View B View C 4 × Ø2.5 hole - (04-39) - 4-2.
  • Page 178 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling 1,500 3,000 or more or more 1,800 to H2 Obstruction Floor Model name H1: Attic height (mm) AUXD18GALH, AUXD24GALH 256 or more AUXA30GALH, AUXA34GALH, AUXA36GALH, 298 or more AUXA45GALH, AUXA54GALH Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height.

  • Page 179: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    4-3. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXN009GLAH, AUXN012GLAH, AUXN014GLAH, AUXM018GLEH, AUXM024GLEH, and AUXM030GLEH Unit: mm Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A Ceiling Wire hole Fresh air inlet (cut out) Ø95 View B View C 4 × Ø3.2 hole - (04-41) - 4-3.
  • Page 180 ¢ Models: AUXK018GLEH, AUXK024GLEH, AUXK030GLEH, AUXK034GLEH, AUXK036GLEH, AUXK045GLEH, and AUXK054GLEH Unit: mm Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A Ceiling Wire hole Fresh air inlet (cut out) Ø95 View B View C 4 × Ø3.2 hole - (04-42) - 4-3. Circular flow cassette type 4.
  • Page 181 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling 1,500 or more 3,000 or more 1,800 to H2 1,000 or more Obstruction Floor Model name H1: Attic height (mm) AUXN009-014GLEH and AUXM018-030GLEH 256 or more AUXK018-054GLEH 298 or more Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height.

  • Page 182: Flow Cassette Type

    4-4. 3D flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXS018GLEH and AUXS024GLEH Unit: mm - (04-44) - 4-4. 3D flow cassette type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 183 ¢ Installation space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety. Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling 150 or more 2,100 to 3,200 Floor Side view Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height. H: The maximum height from floor to ceiling (mm) Model name Ceiling height...

  • Page 184: One Way Flow Cassette Type

    4-5. One way flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXV004GLEH, AUXV007GLEH, AUXV009GLEH, and AUXV012GLEH Unit: mm 785 (Indoor unit) 752 (Hanging bolt position) Drain pipe (Connect the attached drain hose) Ceiling Gas pipe Liquid pipe 100-mm hole - (04-46) - 4-5. One way flow cassette type 4.
  • Page 185 ¢ Models: AUXV014GLEH, AUXV018GLEH, and AUXV024GLEH Unit: mm 1,360 1,190 (Indoor unit) 1,152 (Hanging bolt position) Drain pipe (Connect the attached drain hose) Ceiling Gas pipe 100-mm hole Liquid pipe - (04-47) - 4-5. One way flow cassette type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 186 ¢ Installation space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety. Unit: mm Front view 150 or more 400 or more Strong and durable ceiling Service space Service access 5 to 10 Ceiling board (recommend) Cassette grille 20 or more (optional parts) 1,800 to Obstruction...

  • Page 187: Low Static Pressure Duct (Mini Duct) Type

    4-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type ¢ Models: ARXK004GLGH, ARXK007GLGH, ARXK009GLGH, ARXK012GLGH, and ARXK014GLGH Unit: mm Rear view View A Drain port P 100 × 6 = 600 Top view Side view Front view Bottom view - (04-49) - 4-6.
  • Page 188 ¢ Model: ARXK018GLGH Unit: mm Rear view View A Drain port P 100 × 8 = 800 Top view Side view Front view Bottom view - (04-50) - 4-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 189 ¢ Model: ARXK024GLGH Unit: mm View A Rear view Drain port P 100 × 10 = 1,000 1,050 1,152 Top view Side view 1,050 1,064 1,100 Front view Bottom view - (04-51) - 4-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 4.
  • Page 190 ¢ Installation space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety. Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling Indoor unit Left Right side side or more* or more *: 400 or more when drain from drain pipe • When intaking air from back: •...

  • Page 191: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    4-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Models: ARXD007GLEH, ARXD009GLEH, ARXD012GLEH, and ARXD014GLEH Unit: mm View A Rear view Drain port 100 x 6 = 600 Side view Top view Front view Bottom view - (04-53) - 4-7.
  • Page 192 ¢ Model: ARXD018GLEH Unit: mm Rear view View A Drain port 100 × 8 = 800 Top view Side view Front view Bottom view - (04-54) - 4-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 193 ¢ Model: ARXD024GLEH Unit: mm View A Rear view Drain port P 100 × 10 = 1,000 1,050 1,134 Top view Side view 1,100 Front view Bottom view - (04-55) - 4-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 4.
  • Page 194 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm In ceiling-concealed installations: 300 or more Strong and durable ceiling 20 or more Indoor unit Right Left side side 20 or more 150 or more 400 or more Service access Ceiling Floor In wall-concealed installations: or less or less Left side...
  • Page 195 ¢ Maintenance space requirement For future maintenance and service access, provide sufficient maintenance space. NOTE: Do not place any wiring or illumination in the maintenance space, as they will impede ser- vice. Unit: mm Service space 400 or more Indoor unit Service access Top view - (04-57) -...

  • Page 196: Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    4-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) ¢ Models: ARXP018GLFH and ARXP030GLFH Unit: mm Hole: Ø205 Hole: 4-Ø3.2 P.C.D. Ø225 Front view Bolt pitch: 1,177 Outlet Knock out hole: Ø200 Hole: 2-Ø5 Hole: 8-Ø5 Hole: 4-Ø3.2 P.C.D. Ø225 1,015 1,135 P4-125 ×...
  • Page 197 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling NOTES: • When Drain pump unit is used, leave the space requirement for service and maintenance. For details of Drain pump unit, refer to "Drain pump unit for duct type" in Chapter 10.

  • Page 198: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    4-9. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARXA024GLEH, ARXA030GLEH, ARXA036GLEH, and ARXA045GLEH Unit: mm Hole: Ø205 Hole: 4-Ø3.2 P.C.D. Ø225 Front view Bolt pitch: 1,177 Outlet Knock out hole: Ø200 Hole: 2-Ø5 Hole: 8-Ø5 Hole: 4-Ø3.2 P.C.D. Ø225 1,015 1,135 P4-125 ×...
  • Page 199 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling NOTES: • When Drain pump unit is used, leave the space requirement for service and maintenance. For details of Drain pump unit, refer to "Drain pump unit for duct type" in Chapter 10.

  • Page 200: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    4-10. High static pressure duct type ¢ ARXC036GTEH and ARXC045GTEH Unit: mm Rear view 1,080 1,000 Inlet dimension: 862 Inlet dimension Drain port 12-Ø3 P4-120 × 5 P4-120 × 2 = 600 = 240 Outlet dimension: 851 1,050 Outlet dimension: 295 Side view (L) Top view Side view (R)
  • Page 201 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Strong and durable ceiling ¢ Maintenance space requirement For future maintenance and service access, provide sufficient maintenance space. NOTE: Do not place any wiring or illumination in the maintenance space, as they will impede ser- vice.

  • Page 202: Compact Floor Type

    4-11. Compact floor type ¢ Models: AGA004GCGH, AGA007GCGH, AGA009GCGH, AGA012GCGH, AGA014GCGH, AGE004GCEH, AGE007GCEH, AGE009GCEH, AGE012GCEH, and AGE014GCEH Unit: mm - (04-64) - 4-11. Compact floor type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 203 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm 100 or more 80 or more 80 or more 50 or more Wall cap 150 or below from the floor 100 or more 80 or more 80 or more Indoor unit Upper air outlet Grating 20 to 30 Lower air outlet...

  • Page 204: Floor/Ceiling Type

    4-12. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABA012GTEH, ABA014GTEH, ABA018GTEH, and ABA024GTEH Unit: mm Hole for lifting bolt Use M10 screw bolt. Hole: Ø45 Side view Rear view Bottom view - (04-66) - 4-12. Floor/Ceiling type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 205 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Left Right 300 or more 300 or more Ceiling Ceiling Left Right Indoor unit 150 or more 300 or more 2,300 or more 20 or more Floor Wall bracket Side of set Hole: 100 Hole: 50 - (04-67) - 4-12.

  • Page 206: Ceiling Type

    4-13. Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABA030GTEH, ABA036GTEH, ABA045GTEH, and ABA054GTEH Unit: mm Hole for lifting bolt 1,660 Use M10 screw bolt. 1,600 Knock out hole (refrigerant pipe) Knock out hole (fresh air): Ø200 Drain port Knock out hole (drain outlet): Ø50 Drain port - (04-68) - 4-13.
  • Page 207 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Ceiling panel Ceiling Indoor unit Indoor unit Ceiling panel Ceiling 80 or more 150 or more 80 or more 150 or more 10 or more 10 or more 2,500 or more 2,500 or more Floor Floor Dimensions (Space required for Installation)

  • Page 208: Wall Mounted Type

    4-14. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASA004GCGH, ASA007GCGH, ASA009GCGH, ASA012GCGH, ASA014GCGH, ASE004GCEH, ASE007GCEH, ASE009GCEH, ASE012GCEH, and ASE014GCEH Unit: mm for pipe inlet for pipe inlet Ø65 Ø65 Gas pipe: 315 Liquid pipe: 381 - (04-70) - 4-14. Wall mounted type 4.
  • Page 209 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Outline of unit 25 or more 122 or more 70 or more 200 or more 1,500 or more - (04-71) - 4-14. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 210 ¢ Models: ASA018GCEH and ASA024GCEH Unit: mm Outline of unit Ø80 hole Ø80 hole Piping inlet Piping inlet - (04-72) - 4-14. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 211 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Outline of unit 22 or more 133 or more 50 or more 200 or more 1,500 or more - (04-73) - 4-14. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 212 ¢ Models: ASA030GTEH and ASA034GTEH Unit: mm 1,150 1,150 Outline of unit - (04-74) - 4-14. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 213 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: mm Outline of unit 59 or more 120 or more 70 or more 200 or more 1,500 or more - (04-75) - 4-14. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...

  • Page 214: Wiring Diagrams

    5. Wiring diagrams 5-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Models: AUXB004GLEH, AUXB007GLEH, AUXB009GLEH, AUXB012GLEH, AUXB014GLEH, AUXB018GLEH, and AUXB024GLEH - (04-76) - 5-1. Compact cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 215: 4-Way Flow Cassette Type

    5-2. 4-way flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXD18GALH, AUXD24GALH, AUXA30GALH, AUXA34GALH, AUXA36GALH, AUXA45GALH, and AUXA54GALH - (04-77) - 5-2. 4-way flow cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 216: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    5-3. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXN009GLAH, AUXN012GLAH, AUXN014GLAH, AUXM018GLEH, AUXM024GLEH, AUXM030GLEH, AUXK018GLEH, AUXK024GLEH, AUXK030GLEH, AUXK034GLEH, AUXK036GLEH, AUXK045GLEH, and AUXK054GLEH - (04-78) - 5-3. Circular flow cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 217: Flow Cassette Type

    5-4. 3D flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXS018GLEH and AUXS024GLEH - (04-79) - 5-4. 3D flow cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 218: One Way Flow Cassette Type

    5-5. One way flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXV004GLEH, AUXV007GLEH, AUXV009GLEH, AUXV012GLEH, AUXV014GLEH, AUXV018GLEH, and AUXV024GLEH - (04-80) - 5-5. One way flow cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 219: Low Static Pressure Duct (Mini Duct) Type

    5-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type ¢ Models: ARXK004GLGH, ARXK007GLGH, ARXK009GLGH, ARXK012GLGH, ARXK014GLGH, ARXK018GLGH and ARXK024GLGH - (04-81) - 5-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 220: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    5-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Models: ARXD007GLEH, ARXD009GLEH, ARXD012GLEH, ARXD014GLEH, ARXD018GLEH, and ARXD024GLEH - (04-82) - 5-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 221: Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    5-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) ¢ Models: ARXP018GLFH and ARXP030GLFH - (04-83) - 5-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 222: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    5-9. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARXA024GLEH, ARXA030GLEH, ARXA036GLEH, and ARXA045GLEH - (04-84) - 5-9. Medium static pressure duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 223: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    5-10. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXC036GTEH - (04-85) - 5-10. High static pressure duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 224 ¢ Model: ARXC045GTEH - (04-86) - 5-10. High static pressure duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 225: Compact Floor Type

    5-11. Compact floor type ¢ Models: AGA004GCGH, AGA007GCGH, AGA009GCGH, AGA012GCGH, and AGA014GCGH - (04-87) - 5-11. Compact floor type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 226: Compact Floor Type (Eev External Model)

    5-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) ¢ Models: AGE004GCEH, AGE007GCEH, AGE009GCEH, AGE012GCEH, and AGE014GCEH - (04-88) - 5-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 227: Floor/Ceiling Type

    5-13. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABA012GTEH, ABA014GTEH, ABA018GTEH, and ABA024GTEH - (04-89) - 5-13. Floor/Ceiling type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 228: Ceiling Type

    5-14. Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABA030GTEH, ABA036GTEH, ABA045GTEH, and ABA054GTEH - (04-90) - 5-14. Ceiling type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 229: Wall Mounted Type

    5-15. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASA004GCGH, ASA007GCGH, ASA009GCGH, ASA012GCGH, and ASA014GCGH - (04-91) - 5-15. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 230 ¢ Models: ASA018GCEH and ASA024GCEH - (04-92) - 5-15. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 231 ¢ Models: ASA030GTEH and ASA034GTEH - (04-93) - 5-15. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 232: Wall Mounted Type (Eev External Model)

    5-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) ¢ Models: ASE004GCEH, ASE007GCEH, ASE009GCEH, ASE012GCEH, and ASE014GCEH - (04-94) - 5-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) 5. Wiring diagrams...

  • Page 233: Air Velocity And Temperature Distributions

    6. Air velocity and temperature distributions 6-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Model: AUXB004GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 234 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-96) - 6-1.
  • Page 235 ¢ Model: AUXB007GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 - (04-97) - 6-1.
  • Page 236 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-98) - 6-1.
  • Page 237 ¢ Model: AUXB009GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 - (04-99) - 6-1.
  • Page 238 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-100) - 6-1.
  • Page 239 ¢ Model: AUXB012GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 - (04-101) - 6-1.
  • Page 240 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-102) - 6-1.
  • Page 241 ¢ Model: AUXB014GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 - (04-103) - 6-1.
  • Page 242 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-104) - 6-1.
  • Page 243 ¢ Model: AUXB018GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 - (04-105) - 6-1.
  • Page 244 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-106) - 6-1.
  • Page 245 ¢ Model: AUXB024GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 - (04-107) - 6-1.
  • Page 246 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down - (04-108) - 6-1.

  • Page 247: 4-Way Flow Cassette Type

    6-2. 4-way flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXD18GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s 2.0 2.0 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions...
  • Page 248 ¢ Model: AUXD24GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s 2.0 2.0 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode...
  • Page 249 ¢ Model: AUXA30GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 250 ¢ Model: AUXA34GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 251 ¢ Model: AUXA36GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 252 ¢ Model: AUXA45GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 253 ¢ Model: AUXA54GALH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 0.25 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...

  • Page 254: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    6-3. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUXN009GLAH, AUXN012GLAH, AUXN014GLAH, and AUXM018GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed...
  • Page 255 ¢ Model: AUXM024GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 256 ¢ Model: AUXM030GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 257 ¢ Models: AUXK018GLEH and AUXK024GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode...
  • Page 258 ¢ Models: AUXK030GLEH and AUXK034GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode...
  • Page 259 ¢ Model: AUXK036GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 260 ¢ Model: AUXK045GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...
  • Page 261 ¢ Model: AUXK054GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data...

  • Page 262: Flow Cassette Type

    6-4. 3D flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXS018GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Comfort airflow operation: Cooling Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1.0 0.5 0.25 Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-124) - 6-4.
  • Page 263 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Comfort airflow operation: Heating Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 - (04-125) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 264 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-126) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 265 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 - (04-127) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6. Air velocity and temperature distributions...
  • Page 266 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-128) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 267 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-129) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 268 ¢ Model: AUXS024GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Comfort airflow operation: Cooling Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-130) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 269 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Comfort airflow operation: Heating Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 - (04-131) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 270 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-132) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 271 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 - (04-133) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6. Air velocity and temperature distributions...
  • Page 272 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-134) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 273 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Unit: m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up - (04-135) - 6-4. 3D flow cassette type 6.

  • Page 274: One Way Flow Cassette Type

    6-5. One way flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUXV004GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 0.25 - (04-136) - 6-5.
  • Page 275 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 0.25 - (04-137) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 276 ¢ Models: AUXV007GLEH and AUXV009GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 0.25 - (04-138) - 6-5.
  • Page 277 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 0.25 - (04-139) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 278 ¢ Model: AUXV012GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 0.25 - (04-140) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 279 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 0.25 - (04-141) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 280 ¢ Model: AUXV014GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 0.25 - (04-142) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 281 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 0.25 - (04-143) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 282 ¢ Model: AUXV018GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 0.25 - (04-144) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 283 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 0.25 - (04-145) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 284 ¢ Model: AUXV024GLEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 0.25 - (04-146) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.
  • Page 285 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view 0.25 Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 5 0.25 - (04-147) - 6-5. One way flow cassette type 6.

  • Page 286: Low Static Pressure Duct (Mini Duct) Type

    6-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type NOTE: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (option). ¢ Models: ARXK004GLGH, ARXK007GLGH, and ARXK009GLGH (with UTD-GXTA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 287 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-149) - 6-6.
  • Page 288 ¢ Model: ARXK012GLGH (with UTD-GXTA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 289 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-151) - 6-6.
  • Page 290 ¢ Model: ARXK014GLGH (with UTD-GXTA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 291 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-153) - 6-6.
  • Page 292 ¢ Model: ARXK018GLGH (with UTD-GXTB-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 293 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-155) - 6-6.
  • Page 294 ¢ Model: ARXK024GLGH (with UTD-GXTC-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 295 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-157) - 6-6.

  • Page 296: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    6-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type NOTE: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (option). ¢ Model: ARXD007GLEH (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s...
  • Page 297 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-159) - 6-7.
  • Page 298 ¢ Model: ARXD009GLEH (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 299 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-161) - 6-7.
  • Page 300 ¢ Model: ARXD012GLEH (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 301 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-163) - 6-7.
  • Page 302 ¢ Model: ARXD014GLEH (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 303 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-165) - 6-7.
  • Page 304 ¢ Model: ARXD018GLEH (with UTD-GXSB-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 305 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-167) - 6-7.
  • Page 306 ¢ Model: ARXD024GLEH (with UTD-GXSC-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 307 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center • Air temperature distribution Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-169) - 6-7.

  • Page 308: Compact Floor Type

    6-8. Compact floor type ¢ Models: AGA004GCGH and AGE004GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Lower Upper Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 309 ¢ Models: AGA007GCGH, AGA009GCGH, AGE007GCEH, and AGE009GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Lower Upper Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 310 ¢ Models: AGA012GCGH and AGE012GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Upper Lower Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 311 ¢ Models: AGA014GCGH and AGE014GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Lower Upper Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...

  • Page 312: Floor/Ceiling Type

    6-9. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABA012GTEH and ABA014GTEH (Floor console) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 Horizontal: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 313 ¢ Models: ABA012GTEH and ABA014GTEH (Under ceiling) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 Horizontal: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 314 ¢ Model: ABA018GTEH (Floor console) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 Horizontal: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 315 ¢ Model: ABA018GTEH (Under ceiling) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 Horizontal: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 316 ¢ Model: ABA024GTEH (Floor console) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.25 Unit: m/s 0.25 Horizontal: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 317 ¢ Model: ABA024GTEH (Under ceiling) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 Horizontal: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...

  • Page 318: Ceiling Type

    6-10. Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABA030GTEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view...
  • Page 319 ¢ Model: ABA036GTEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view...
  • Page 320 ¢ Model: ABA045GTEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view...
  • Page 321 ¢ Model: ABA054GTEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Unit: m/s 0.25...

  • Page 322: Wall Mounted Type

    6-11. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASA004GCGH and ASE004GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 323 ¢ Models: ASA007GCGH and ASE007GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 324 ¢ Models: ASA009GCGH and ASE009GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0 2 .7 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left &...
  • Page 325 ¢ Models: ASA012GCGH and ASE012GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 326 ¢ Models: ASA014GCGH and ASE014GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 327 ¢ Model: ASA018GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 328 ¢ Model: ASA024GCEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 329 ¢ Model: ASA030GTEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 14 15 Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 330 ¢ Model: ASA034GTEH Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Left & Right 10 11 Unit: m/s Side view...

  • Page 331: Fan Performance Curve

    7. Fan performance curve NOTE: Airflow and capacity/outlet temperature curve data are measured based on the same condi- tions mentioned in "Specifications" on page 04-4. 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type ¢ Model: ARXK004GLGH SP mode03 Hi (SP mode03) upper limit SP mode03 lower limit...
  • Page 332 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Airflow (m - (04-194) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 333 ¢ Model: ARXK007GLGH SP mode03 upper limit Hi (SP mode03) Normal SP SP mode03 upper limit lower limit Lo (SP mode03) SP mode00 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit Lo (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Airflow (m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode03)
  • Page 334 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Airflow (m - (04-196) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 335 ¢ Model: ARXK009GLGH SP mode03 upper limit Hi (SP mode03) Normal SP SP mode03 upper limit lower limit Lo (SP mode03) SP mode00 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit Lo (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Airflow (m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode03)
  • Page 336 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Airflow (m - (04-198) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 337 ¢ Model: ARXK012GLGH SP mode03 upper limit Hi (SP mode03) Normal SP upper limit SP mode03 Lo (SP mode03) lower limit SP mode00 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Lo (SP Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00) mode00) Airflow (m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode03) Hi (SP mode02) Hi (Normal SP)
  • Page 338 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m Airflow (m - (04-200) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 339 ¢ Model: ARXK014GLGH Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Normal SP upper limit SP mode00 upper limit Lo (SP mode05) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP Hi (SP mode00) mode00) Lo (Normal SP) 1,000 Airflow (m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode05) Hi (SP mode04)
  • Page 340 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 Airflow (m 1,000 Airflow (m - (04-202) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 341 ¢ Model: ARXK018GLGH Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Normal SP upper limit SP mode00 upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode05) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit 1,000 1,100 Airflow (m...
  • Page 342 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 Airflow (m 1,000 1,100 Airflow (m - (04-204) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 343 ¢ Model: ARXK024GLGH Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Normal SP SP mode00 upper limit upper limit Lo (SP mode05) Hi (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP Lo (Normal SP) mode00) Normal SP lower limit 1,000 1,100 1,200...
  • Page 344 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 Airflow (m 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 Airflow (m - (04-206) - 7-1. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type 7. Fan performance curve...

  • Page 345: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Model: ARXD007GLEH Hi (SP mode09) SP mode09 upper limit Med (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Lo (SP mode09) Normal SP upper limit Lo (Normal SP) Hi (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Med (Normal SP)
  • Page 346 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m³/h) - (04-208) - 7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 347 ¢ Model: ARXD009GLEH SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit Med (SP mode09) SP mode09 SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Normal SP upper limit Lo (SP mode09) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Med (Normal SP) Med (SP mode00) Airflow (m³/h)
  • Page 348 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m³/h) - (04-210) - 7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 349 ¢ Model: ARXD012GLEH Hi (SP mode09) SP mode09 upper limit Med (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Lo (SP mode09) Normal SP upper limit Hi (Normal SP) SP mode00 Med (Normal SP) upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Med (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Lo (Normal SP) Airflow (m³/h)
  • Page 350 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature Airflow (m³/h) - (04-212) - 7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 351 ¢ Model: ARXD014GLEH SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit Med (SP mode09) Normal SP upper limit SP mode09 lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode09) Hi (SP mode00) SP mode00 upper limit Med (Normal SP) (SP mode00) Lo (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode00) 1,000 Airflow (m³/h)
  • Page 352 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-214) - 7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 353 ¢ Model: ARXD018GLEH Hi (SP mode09) SP mode09 upper limit Med (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode09) Med (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Lo (Normal SP) 1,000 1,100...
  • Page 354 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-216) - 7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 355 ¢ Model: ARXD024GLEH SP mode05 Hi (SP mode05) upper limit Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Lo (SP mode05) Med (SP mode05) Med (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Lo (Normal SP) Med (SP mode00) 1,000...
  • Page 356 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-218) - 7-2. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...

  • Page 357: Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    7-3. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) ¢ Model: ARXP018GLFH Hi (SP mode08) SP mode08 upper limit Qu (SP mode08) SP mode08 SP mode04 lower limit upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Qu (Normal SP) SP mode04 SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Qu (SP mode00)
  • Page 358 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-220) - 7-3. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) 7.
  • Page 359 ¢ Model: ARXP030GLFH SP mode 05 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit SP mode 00 upper limit Qu (Normal SP) SP mode 05 lower limit Hi (SP mode00) Qu (SP mode 00) 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 Airflow (m Hi (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode04) Hi (SP mode03) Hi (SP mode02)
  • Page 360 Cooling Outlet temperature Capacity 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 2,100 2,200 2,300 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 2,100 2,200 2,300 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-222) - 7-3. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) 7.

  • Page 361: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-4. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXA024GLEH Hi (SP mode14) SP mode14 upper limit SP mode14 lower limit Qu (SP mode14) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Qu (Normal SP) Normal SP SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Qu (SP mode00) 1,000...
  • Page 362 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-224) - 7-4. Medium static pressure duct type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 363 ¢ Model: ARXA030GLEH Hi (SP mode14) SP mode14 upper limit SP mode14 lower limit Qu (SP mode14) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Qu (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit SP mode00 upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Qu (SP mode00) 1,000 1,100 1,200...
  • Page 364 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-226) - 7-4. Medium static pressure duct type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 365 ¢ Model: ARXA036GLEH Hi (SP mode12) SP mode12 upper limit SP mode12 lower limit Qu (SP mode12) Normal SP upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Qu (Normal SP) SP mode00 Normal SP upper limit lower limit Qu (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) 1,000 1,100 1,200...
  • Page 366 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 2,100 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 2,100 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-228) - 7-4. Medium static pressure duct type 7.
  • Page 367 ¢ Model: ARXA045GLEH Hi (SP mode11) SP mode11 upper limit SP mode11 lower limit Normal SP Qu (SP mode11) upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Qu (Normal SP) Normal SP SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Qu (SP mode00) 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000...
  • Page 368 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 2,100 2,200 Airflow (m³/h) Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 2,100 2,200 Airflow (m³/h) - (04-230) - 7-4.

  • Page 369: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-5. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARXC036GTEH Hi (SP mode16) SP mode16 upper limit SP mode16 lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit Normal SP lower limit Lo (SP mode16) Hi (SP mode02) Lo (Normal SP) SP mode02 upper limit Lo (SP mode02)
  • Page 370 Cooling Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 Airflow (m - (04-232) - 7-5. High static pressure duct type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 371 ¢ Model: ARXC045GTEH 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow (m Cooling Outlet temperature Capacity 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow (m Heating Capacity Outlet temperature 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow (m - (04-233) - 7-5.

  • Page 372: Fresh Air Characteristics

    7-6. Fresh air characteristics ¢ Circular flow cassette type and 4-way flow cassette type  Airflow volume—Static pressure of fresh air intake characteristics Airflow (m³/min) (Inside Diameter Duct Circular flow cassette type: Ø95 mm Cassette type: Ø70 mm) Duct Fan Static pressure required to take in fresh air ...
  • Page 373 ¢ One way flow cassette type  Airflow volume—Static pressure of fresh air intake characteristics • Models: AUXV004GLEH, AUXV007GLEH, AUXV009GLEH, and AUXV012GLEH Airflow (m³/h) • Models: AUXV014GLEH, AUXV018GLEH, and AUXV024GLEH Airflow (m³/h) - (04-235) - 7-6. Fresh air characteristics 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 374  How to read curve Duct characteristics Curve in at site the graphs Designed amount of fresh air intake (m Static pressure loss of fresh air intake duct system with airflow amount Q (Pa) Forced static pressure at air conditioner inlet with airflow amount Q (Pa) Static pressure of booster fan with airflow amount Q (Pa) Static pressure loss increase amount of fresh air intake duct system for airflow amount Q (Pa)
  • Page 375 ¢ Ceiling type  Airflow volume—Static pressure of fresh air intake characteristics Airflow (m³/min) • *1: ABA030GTEH • *2: ABA036GTEH, ABA045GTEH, and ABA054GTEH  Installation For half concealed installation Fresh air inlet position UTD-RF204 (Optional parts) Flexible duct* *: Locally purchased parts For the fresh-air inlet position, refer to "Ceiling type"...

  • Page 376: Airflow

    8. Airflow Conversion factor: • 1 m /h = 0.2778 l/s = 0.5886 CFM • 3.6 m /h = 1 l/s • 1.699 m /h = 1 CFM 8-1. Compact cassette type Airflow Model Mode 530/530 147/147 312/312 HIGH* 490/480 136/133 288/283 MED—HIGH*...

  • Page 377: 4-Way Flow Cassette Type

    8-2. 4-way flow cassette type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,150 AUXD18GALH HIGH 1,280 AUXD24GALH 1,040 HIGH 1,600 AUXA30GALH 1,300 1,100 HIGH 1,750 1,030 AUXA34GALH 1,300 1,100 HIGH 1,800 1,059 AUXA36GALH 1,300 1,100 HIGH 1,900 1,059 AUXA45GALH 1,370 1,100 HIGH 2,000 1,118 AUXA54GALH 1,370...

  • Page 378: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    8-3. Circular flow cassette type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,050 MED—HIGH AUXN009GLAH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,050 MED—HIGH AUXN012GLAH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,050 MED—HIGH AUXN014GLAH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,050 MED—HIGH AUXM018GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,120 MED—HIGH 1,050 AUXM024GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,470 MED—HIGH 1,160...

  • Page 379: Flow Cassette Type

    Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,440 MED—HIGH 1,400 1,340 AUXK030GLEH MED—LOW 1,300 1,280 QUIET 1,150 HIGH 1,440 MED—HIGH 1,400 1,340 AUXK034GLEH MED—LOW 1,300 1,280 QUIET 1,150 HIGH 1,620 MED—HIGH 1,500 1,400 AUXK036GLEH MED—LOW 1,340 1,280 QUIET 1,150 HIGH 1,820 1,071 MED—HIGH 1,590 1,500 AUXK045GLEH...

  • Page 380: One Way Flow Cassette Type

    8-5. One way flow cassette type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH AUXV004GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AUXV007GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AUXV009GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AUXV012GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AUXV014GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AUXV018GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,150 MED—HIGH 1,020...

  • Page 381: Low Static Pressure Duct (Mini Duct) Type

    8-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ARXK004GLGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXK007GLGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXK009GLGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXK012GLGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXK014GLGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXK018GLGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,160...

  • Page 382: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    8-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ARXD007GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXD009GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXD012GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXD014GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARXD018GLEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,330 MED—HIGH 1,140 1,020...

  • Page 383: Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    8-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) Airflow Model Mode 1,540/1,440 428/400 906/848 HIGH* 1,460/1,380 406/383 859/812 MED—HIGH* 1,380/1,320 383/367 812/777 MED* ARXP018GLFH 1,300/1260 361/350 765/742 MED—LOW* 1,220/1,200 339/333 718/706 LOW* 1,150/1,150 319/319 677/677 QUIET* 1,940/1,660 539/461 1,142/977 HIGH* 1,810/1,580 503/439 1,065/930...

  • Page 384: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-9. Medium static pressure duct type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,280 MED—HIGH 1,180 1,090 ARXA024GLEH MED—LOW 1,000 QUIET HIGH 1,410 MED—HIGH 1,350 1,280 ARXA030GLEH MED—LOW 1,240 1,190 QUIET 1,150 HIGH 1,840 1,083 MED—HIGH 1,750 1,030 1,660 ARXA036GLEH MED—LOW 1,600 1,530 QUIET 1,470 HIGH...

  • Page 385: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-10. High static pressure duct type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,990 1,171 ARXC036GTEH 1,680 1,330 HIGH 3,500 2,060 ARXC045GTEH 3,000 1,766 2,460 1,448 - (04-247) - 8-10. High static pressure duct type 8. Airflow...

  • Page 386: Compact Floor Type

    8-11. Compact floor type Airflow Model Mode 380/430 106/119 224/253 HIGH* MED—HIGH AGA004GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGA007GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGA009GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGA012GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGA014GCGH MED—LOW QUIET *1: This value is “Cooling operation/Heating operation”. - (04-248) - 8-11.
  • Page 387 8-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) Airflow Model Mode 380/430 106/119 224/253 HIGH* MED—HIGH AGE004GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGE007GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGE009GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGE012GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGE014GCEH MED—LOW QUIET *1: This value is “Cooling operation/Heating operation”. - (04-249) - 8-12.

  • Page 388: Floor/Ceiling Type

    8-13. Floor/Ceiling type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ABA012GTEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ABA014GTEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,000 MED—HIGH ABA018GTEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,000 MED—HIGH ABA024GTEH MED—LOW QUIET - (04-250) - 8-13. Floor/Ceiling type 8. Airflow...

  • Page 389: Ceiling Type

    8-14. Ceiling type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,630 MED—HIGH 1,520 1,420 ABA030GTEH MED—LOW 1,320 1,220 QUIET 1,140 HIGH 1,690 MED—HIGH 1,560 1,450 ABA036GTEH MED—LOW 1,360 1,270 QUIET 1,170 HIGH 2,010 1,183 MED—HIGH 1,840 1,083 1,690 ABA045GTEH MED—LOW 1,530 1,380 QUIET 1,230 HIGH 2,270...

  • Page 390: Wall Mounted Type

    8-15. Wall mounted type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ASA004GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASA007GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASA009GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASA012GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASA014GCGH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH ASA018GCEH HIGH 1,100 ASA024GCEH HIGH 1,440 MED—HIGH 1,200 1,050 ASA030GTEH...

  • Page 391: Wall Mounted Type (Eev External Model)

    8-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ASE004GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASE007GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASE009GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASE012GCEH MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASE014GCEH MED—LOW QUIET - (04-253) - 8-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) 8.

  • Page 392: Noise Level Curve

    9. Noise level curve 9-1. Compact cassette type Model: AUXB004GLEH • Cooling Heating NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 QUIET NC-15 NC-15 QUIET 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 393 Model: AUXB012GLEH Model: AUXB014GLEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 QUIET QUIET NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz Model: AUXB018GLEH...

  • Page 394: 4-Way Flow Cassette Type

    9-2. 4-way flow cassette type Model: AUXD18GALH Model: AUXD24GALH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 395 Model: AUXA34GALH Model: AUXA36GALH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 HIGH HIGH NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz Model: AUXA45GALH Model: AUXA54GALH...

  • Page 396: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    9-3. Circular flow cassette type Models: AUXN009GLAH, Model: AUXM024GLEH • • AUXN012GLAH, AUXN014GLAH, and AUXM018GLEH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 397 Models: AUXK030GLEH and Model: AUXK036GLEH • • AUXK034GLEH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH HIGH NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz Model: AUXK045GLEH...

  • Page 398: Flow Cassette Type

    9-4. 3D flow cassette type Model: AUXS018GLEH Model: AUXS024GLEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 QUIET QUIET NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...

  • Page 399: One Way Flow Cassette Type

    9-5. One way flow cassette type Model: AUXV004GLEH Models: AUXV007GLEH and • • AUXV009GLEH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...
  • Page 400 Model: AUXV018GLEH Model: AUXV024GLEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-262) - 9-5.

  • Page 401: Low Static Pressure Duct (Mini Duct) Type

    9-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type Model: ARXK004GLGH Models: ARXK007GLGH and • • ARXK009GLGH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 HIGH HIGH NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 402 Model: ARXK018GLGH Model: ARXK024GLGH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 HIGH HIGH NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-264) - 9-6.

  • Page 403: Low Static Pressure Duct (Slim Duct)/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    9-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type Model: ARXD007GLEH Model: ARXD009GLEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 HIGH HIGH NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 QUIET QUIET 1,000...
  • Page 404 Model: ARXD018GLEH Model: ARXD024GLEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 QUIET NC-20 NC-20 QUIET NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-266) -...

  • Page 405: Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    9-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) Model: ARXP018GLFH • Cooling Heating NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...

  • Page 406: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    9-9. Medium static pressure duct type Model: ARXA024GLEH Model: ARXA030GLEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH HIGH NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 QUIET NC-15 NC-15 QUIET 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...

  • Page 407: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    9-10. High static pressure duct type Model: ARXC036GTEH Model: ARXC045GTEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 HIGH HIGH NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 408 9-11. Compact floor type Model: AGA004GCGH Model: AGA007GCGH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz...

  • Page 409: Compact Floor Type

    Model: AGA014GCGH • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-271) - 9-11. Compact floor type 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 410: Compact Floor Type (Eev External Model)

    9-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) Model: AGE004GCEH Model: AGE007GCEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 411 Model: AGE014GCEH • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-273) - 9-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 412: Floor/Ceiling Type

    9-13. Floor/Ceiling type Model: ABA012GTEH Model: ABA014GTEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...

  • Page 413: Ceiling Type

    9-14. Ceiling type Model: ABA030GTEH Model: ABA036GTEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 QUIET QUIET NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...

  • Page 414: Wall Mounted Type

    9-15. Wall mounted type Model: ASA004GCGH Model: ASA007GCGH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 HIGH HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 QUIET QUIET NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 415 Model: ASA014GCGH Model: ASA018GCEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz Model: ASA024GCEH Model: ASA030GTEH...
  • Page 416 Model: ASA034GTEH • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-278) - 9-15. Wall mounted type 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 417: Wall Mounted Type (Eev External Model)

    9-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) Model: ASE004GCEH Model: ASE007GCEH • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 HIGH HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 418 Model: ASE014GCEH • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-280) - 9-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 419: Sound Level Check Point

    9-17. Sound level check point • Compact cassette type • 3D flow cassette type • Circular flow cassette type • 4-way flow cassette type 1.5 m 1.5m Microphone Microphone • One way flow cassette type 1.5m Microphone • Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) •...
  • Page 420 • Floor/Ceiling type • Wall mounted type • Ceiling type 1.0 m 1.0 m 1.0 m 1.0 m Microphone Microphone - (04-282) - 9-17. Sound level check point 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 421: Safety Devices

    10. Safety devices 10-1. Compact cassette type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset 125 ±10°C 120 ±10°C AUXB004GLEH Fan motor stop Fan motor restart AUXB007GLEH AUXB009GLEH 250 V — ○ AUXB012GLEH 3.15 A 140 ±20°C 110 ±20°C Fan motor stop...
  • Page 422 10-4. 3D flow cassette type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset AUXS018GLEH 250 V 135 ±15°C 115 ±15°C — ○ 3.15 A Fan motor stop Fan motor Restart AUXS024GLEH 10-5. One way flow cassette type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float...
  • Page 423 10-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset ARXP018GLFH 250 V 115 ±15 °C 70 °C or less — ▲* Fan motor stop Fan motor Restart ARXP030GLFH *: Including in Drain pump unit (Optional parts) 10-9.

  • Page 424: 10-13.Floor/Ceiling Type

    10-12. Compact floor type (EEV external model) Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset AGE004GCEH AGE007GCEH 250 V 150 ±15°C 120 ±15°C AGE009GCEH — — 3.15 A Fan motor stop Fan motor restart AGE012GCEH AGE014GCEH 10-13.
  • Page 425 10-16. Wall mounted type (EEV external model) Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset ASE004GCEH ASE007GCEH 250 V 160 ±25°C 110 ±25°C ASE009GCEH — — 3.15 A Fan motor stop Fan motor restart ASE012GCEH ASE014GCEH - (04-287) - 10-16.

  • Page 426: Standard Accessories

    11. Standard accessories The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 11-1. Compact cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual...
  • Page 427 11-2. 4-way flow cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit Template Operating manual (Carton top) For installing indoor unit Washer Installation manual For installing drain pipe Operating manual Insulation (CD-ROM) For fixing the connection pipe (Large For installing drain hose Cable tie...
  • Page 428 11-3. Circular flow cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit Template Operating manual (Carton top) For installing indoor unit Washer Installation manual For installing drain pipe Operating manual Insulation (CD-ROM) For fixing the connection pipe (Large For installing drain hose Cable tie...
  • Page 429 11-4. 3D flow cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For indoor side pipe Coupler heat joint (Gas pipe) insulation (Large) Operating manual For installing indoor unit CAUTION Template (Carbon top) Installation manual For installing indoor unit Operating manual Washer (CD-ROM)
  • Page 430 11-5. One way flow cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit Template Operating manual For installing indoor unit Washer Installation manual Insulates the drain hose Drain hose Operating manual installation B (CD-ROM) For fixing the coupler For installing drain pipe...
  • Page 431 11-6. Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For ARXK007GLGH, ARXK009GLGH, ARXK012GLGH, ARXK014GLGH, and Filter (Small) ARXK024GLGH Operating manual For ARXK018GLGH Installation manual Filter (Large) For ARXK024GLGH Operating manual (CD-ROM) For installing indoor unit For installing drain hose Washer...
  • Page 432 11-7. Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For ARXD007GLEH, ARXD009GLEH, ARXD012GLEH, ARXD014GLEH, and Filter (Small) ARXD024GLEH Operating manual For ARXD018GLEH Installation manual Filter (Large) For ARXD024GLEH Operating manual (CD-ROM) For installing indoor unit For installing drain hose...

  • Page 433: 11-8.Low Static Pressure Duct Type (High Efficiency)

    11-8. Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual For suspending the M10 nut B indoor unit from ceiling (with spring lock washer) Installation manual...

  • Page 434: 11-9.Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    11-9. Medium static pressure duct type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual For suspending the M10 nut B indoor unit from ceiling (with spring lock washer) Installation manual...

  • Page 435: 11-10.High Static Pressure Duct Type

    11-10. High static pressure duct type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For indoor side pipe Coupler heat joint (Gas pipe) insulation (Large) Operating manual For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling M10 nut A (with flange) Installation manual For suspending the M10 nut B...

  • Page 436: 11-11.Compact Floor Type

    11-11. Compact floor type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For wall hook bracket installation Tapping screw Operating manual For indoor unit installation Operating manual Cloth tape (CD-ROM) For transmission cable and remote controller cable binding Push mount cable tie Installation manual For installation, refer to...

  • Page 437: 11-12.Floor/Ceiling Type

    11-12. Floor/Ceiling type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For fixing the wall bracket Tapping screw Operating manual For indoor side pipe Coupler heat joint insulation Installation manual For fixing the coupler heat insulation Cable tie Operating manual (Large) (CD-ROM)
  • Page 438 Optional parts Name and shape Parts No. Application For indoor side pipe joint 9374714025 (For ABA024GTEH) Auxiliary pipe - (04-300) - 11-12. Floor/Ceiling type 11. Standard accessories...

  • Page 439: 11-13.Ceiling Type

    11-13. Ceiling type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For indoor side pipe Coupler heat joint (Gas pipe) insulation (Large) Operating manual For fixing the coupler Cable tie heat insulation (Extra large) Installation manual For fixing the coupler heat insulation Cable tie Operating manual...

  • Page 440: 11-14.Wall Mounted Type

    11-14. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASA004GCGH, ASA007GCGH, ASA009GCGH, ASA012GCGH, ASA014GCGH, ASE004GCEH, ASE007GCEH, ASE009GCEH, ASE012GCEH, and ASE014GCEH Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For indoor unit installation Cloth tape Operating manual For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE”...
  • Page 441 ¢ Models: ASA018GCEH and ASA024GCEH Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For wall hook bracket installation Tapping screw Operating manual For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE” in the operating manual Air cleaning filter Installation manual For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE”...
  • Page 442 - (04-304) - 11-14. Wall mounted type 11. Standard accessories...
  • Page 443 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 2022.02.18 DV_CH05_VR2E018EF_10...
  • Page 444 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 1. Control system ....................05-1 1-1. Control system design example..................05-1 1-2. System configuration examples..................05-2 1-3. Features of control system ...................05-11 1-4. Wiring system .......................05-12 1-5. Control device design limitation ..................05-13 2. Control units....................05-15 2-1. System controller (UTY-APGXZ1) ................05-15 2-2.
  • Page 445 CONTENTS (continued) 3-13. External switch controller (UTY-TERX)..............05-190 3-14. External switch controller (UTY-TEKX)..............05-200 4. Service and web monitoring tool ............05-206 4-1. Service tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) ..................05-206 4-2. Web monitoring tool (UTY-AMGXZ1) .................05-210...

  • Page 447: Control System

    1. Control system 1-1. Control system design example Advanced integrated control system example Building Air Conditioning Air Conditioning System Management Central Control Individual Control General-purpose Building Wired Remote Controller BACnet Gateway Control Controller USB *2 Connectable to various sized Adaptor BMS/BAS *1 (Locally purchased)

  • Page 448: System Configuration Examples

    1-2. System configuration examples ¢ Individual control Wired Remote Controller (2-wire) Single control Multiple control for ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one wired for private room meeting room etc. remote controller. ● Wired (Touch panel) and wireless remote controllers can be used jointly.
  • Page 449 External Switch Controller Single control for hotel room with switch ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one external switch controller. ● In combination with a locally purchased card-key switch or other sensor, External switch controller Ext.SW Ext.SW allows control of basic functions by the hotel or office Controller...
  • Page 450 ¢ Central control Group Remote Controller ● Up to 8 remote controller groups can be controlled with one group remote controller. ● Up to 4 Group remote controllers can be connected to a single network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1). ● One network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) is allowed 2 refrigerant systems. ●...
  • Page 451 Touch Panel Controller ● Up to 400 indoor units / 400 groups can be controlled with one touch panel controller. ● Up to a total of 16 network convertors, central remote controllers and touch panel controllers, group remote controller and network convertor for LONWORKS can be connected to a single VRF network system. Commercial building (Medium class) To outdoor Touch panel...
  • Page 452 System Controller ● UP to 1600 (400 x 4 VRF network system) indoor units / 1600 groups can be controlled with one System Controller. Administrator's room One System Controller per ● Incorporates a function that automatically calculates electrical charge. 4 VRF network systems USB Adaptor System Commercial building (Large class)
  • Page 453 On-site central control and remote central control can be performed by system controller. On site central control (Max. 4 VRF network systems) Server & Client USB Adapter USB Port System Controller 1 VRF Max. controllable Max. transmission line length network 3,600 system Indoor units...
  • Page 454 ¢ Indoor unit type and applicable control method Wired remote controller Wired remote controller Simple remote controller (Touch panel) Indoor unit type UTY-RSR UTY-RSK UTY- UTY-RLR UTY-RCRZ1 UTY-RNK RNRZ UTY-RHR UTY-RHK Compact cassette ○ ○ ○ — ○ — Circular flow cassette ○...
  • Page 455 Wireless remote Wireless LAN External switch controller controller adapter Indoor unit type UTY-LNH UTY-TERX UTY-TEKX UTY-TFSXZ1 Compact cassette ○ ○ — ○ Circular flow cassette ○ — ○ ○* 4-way flow cassette ○ — — ○* 3D flow cassette ○ —...
  • Page 456 ¢ Convertors (Adaptors) and related devices (system) Within VRF network system System System Touch panel Central remote Convertor (Adaptor) controller controller lite controller controller UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-DTGZ1 UTY-DCGZ UTY-VTGX — — — — Network converter UTY-VTGXV UTY-VGGXZ1 — — — —...

  • Page 457: Features Of Control System

    05-120.) – By adopting a separate interface, it is possible to connect other products and systems by FUJITSU GENERAL such as single type models (excluding some models), J series or multi air conditioner for buildings (e.g. Big multi). Refer to "Network converter (UTY-VTGX)"...

  • Page 458: Wiring System

    1-4. Wiring system • Wiring configuration of the control system is made of power source wiring, transmission wiring, and remote controller wiring. • Total wiring length (total length of transmission line) can be extended up to 3,600 m by using sig- nal amplifier.

  • Page 459: Control Device Design Limitation

    1-5. Control device design limitation  Central control Maximum units number Necessary Central controller Connectable Manageable Connectable device units indoor units outdoor units 1,600 System controller UTY-APGXZ1 USB adapter 1/system (4 VRF (4 VRF networks) networks) System controller UTY-ALGXZ1 USB adapter 1/system lite (1 VRF network)
  • Page 460  Individual control Individual controller Connectable units number Remarks Wireless remote UTY-LNH controller Wired remote controller (Touch UTY-RNRZ panel) Wired remote UTY-RLR controller Simple remote 4/Remote control group 2-wire type controller (With UTY-RSR operation mode) Simple remote controller (Without UTY-RHR operation mode) Wired remote UTY-RCRZ1...

  • Page 461: Control Units

    2. Control units RELATED LINKS "Controllers" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-7 2-1. System controller (UTY-APGXZ1) This system realizes the advanced general monitoring & control of VRF system from small scale buildings to large scale buildings. • Maximum of 4 network systems, 1,600 indoor units can be controlled.
  • Page 462 ¢ System diagram • System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central con- trol. • System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. • VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. •...
  • Page 463 ¢ Software configuration VRF Controller VRF Explorer WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-APGXZ1 WHITE-USB-KEY unnecessary WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Local Site Remote Site Option (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) • Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers. – System controller (UTY-APGXZ1) can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF controller) con- nected to the VRF network system.
  • Page 464 ¢ Specification summary UTY-PEGXZ1 UTY-PPGXP2 Type Function UTY-APGXZ1 Remark (Option) (Option) Max. system controller per VRF network — — Site with up to 4 VRF networks may ad- Max. VRF networks supported — — ministrated with 1 system controller. System specification Max.

  • Page 465: System Controller Lite (Uty-Algxz1)

    2-2. System controller lite (UTY-ALGXZ1) System controller lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options such as electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. •...
  • Page 466 ¢ System diagram • System controller lite may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control.* • System controller lite consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both soft- ware are working together. •...
  • Page 467 ¢ Software configuration VRF Controller VRF Explorer WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-ALGXZ1 WHITE-USB-KEY unnecessary WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2 UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Local Site Remote Site (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) Option • Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers. –...
  • Page 468 ¢ Other required devices (Locally purchased) • Personal computer that satisfies the following system requirements Personal computer system requirement • Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) •...
  • Page 469 ¢ Specification summary UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY-AL- Type Function PLGXA2 PLGXR2 PLGXE2 PLGXP2 PLGXX2 Remark GXZ1 (Option) (Option) (Option) (Option) (Option) Max. system controller per VRF network — — — — — Max. VRF networks supported — — —...

  • Page 470: Touch Panel Controller (Uty-DtgZ1)

    2-3. Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGZ1) • Large-sized 7.5 inch TFT color • LCD easy finger touch operation • Stylish shape and design to suit all application • No additional component is required for installation. • Up to 400 indoor units can be controlled. •...
  • Page 471 ¢ Available option Option Model name Remark Apportions the power used by indoor and outdoor units, and Electricity charge automatically calculation the electricity charge such as for UTY-PTGXA apportionment option hotels or multi-tenant buildings. Computation linked with an electric meter is also possible. •...
  • Page 472 ¢ Functions Item Main unit PC/Tablet Description Indoor unit registration. Max. 400 units. (Set data can be written to and read from USB flash Indoor unit registration ● — drive) Installation Function settings ● — Temperature set point limitation, external input, central operation on/off setting Display switching ●...
  • Page 473 ¢ State transition diagram Power ON Finish Indoor unit registration Installer setting ● Language setting ● Time zone setting ● Date and time setting ● Touch panel address setting ● Indoor unit registration ● Function settings of Touch Panel Controller Monitor &...
  • Page 474 ¢ Main functions and screen examples • Monitor display example An easy-to-use display mode can be selected. Easy-to understand GUI of adopted icon. Icon display List display • Operation mode setting example Large button is designed for easy to access. Operation setting screen Optional setting screen - (05-28) -...
  • Page 475 • Group setting Groups can be arbitrarily set in easy to manage units as shown in the figure. Control and monitoring are performed in these group units. Group: Hallway Group: 3F Group: Group: Division A Group: Division B Division C Touch Panel Group: 2F Controller...
  • Page 476 • System schedule timer Annual schedule can be set of a maximum 30 items. Schedule setting screen • History recording and display Error, status and operation histories can be recorded. Each recording can be also written to USB flash drive. –...
  • Page 477 ¢ Screen examples (for remote monitoring) • Monitor mode main screen example Icon display List display • Control main screen example Operation setting screen - (05-31) - 2-3. Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGZ1) 2. Control units...
  • Page 478 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm Top view Touch pen Touch panel USB port Side view Front view Side view 2-Ø17 Installation plate Rear view ¢ Mounting plate screw hole positions Unit: mm 56.7 74.2 CAUTION Refer to the mounting screw hole positions of the switch box that is to be installed in advance and check the compatibility.
  • Page 479 ¢ Terminal names Names of connection terminals in rear cover. Power supply cable Transmission cable through hole connection terminals Transmission cable Power supply cable through hole connection terminals EXTERNAL INPUT TRANSMISSION POWER SUPPLY X1 X2 K1 K2 K1 K2 ORKS External input VRF L Power supply...
  • Page 480 ¢ Installation space When installing Touch panel controller in a row, keep the space shown below from the surrounding projecting parts. Unit: mm 100 or more or more or more or more Wall 100 or more NOTE: The switch box that Touch panel controller is to be mounted to should be installed horizon- tally in advance.
  • Page 481 ¢ Installation For details, refer to installation manual. Power supply cable Transmission cable Switch box Hole in wall Installation plate Power supply cable Screw Washer Screw LAN cable Transmission cable Touch pen tray Cable tie Harness Connection cable Rear view (a) LAN cable (b) LAN terminal (c) CF card...
  • Page 482 ¢ Specifications Power source voltage 1 Ø AC 100—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Display 7.5-inch TFT color LCD (640 × 480 pixels), with touch panel LED indicator Power LED (Green) USB 2.0 Transmission line Ethernet port (Ethernet port is required for remote connection using Internet.) External interface External input: Either emergency stop, batch operation/stop, electricity meter...

  • Page 483: Central Remote Controller (Uty-DcgZ)

    2-4. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) • Individual control and monitor of 100 indoor units • 7-inch TFT color screen • High visibility and easy operation • External input/output contact • Corresponds to 12 different languages. (English, Spanish, Ger- man, French, Italian, Russian, Portuguese, Turkish, Polish, Greek, Dutch, and Chinese) ¢...
  • Page 484 ¢ Overview a Left menu (Always display) b Group or R.C.G. button c Group scroll button d Group expansion cancel button e R.C.G. scroll button f Menu button g Icon • Delete Deletes the currently displayed setting. • Copy Copies the currently displayed setting. •...
  • Page 485 ¢ Main functions and screen examples • Individual control On/Off, Mode, Set temp., Fan speed, Airflow direction, Anti freeze, Economy, and Human sensor. • Vertical and Horizontal airflow direction setting Vertical airflow direction, Horizontal airflow direction, and Individual airflow direction. •...
  • Page 486 • Error history – Able to memorize max. 200 errors. – Suitable maintenance is possible by analysis of the error history data. ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 216.2 37.9 3-wiring hole 4-round hole - (05-40) - 2-4. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) 2.
  • Page 487 ¢ Terminal names Transmission line terminal name Power supply line terminal name No connection No connection N (L2) No connection No connection L (L1) Transmission cable Power supply cable Transmission cable Power supply cable Cable tie Cable tie ¢ Installation space Make a service space to perform installation work.
  • Page 488 ¢ Installation 1. Separate the rear case from the front case. Rear case Flat-blade screwdriver Slot × 6 Screw Front case Rear case Front case - (05-42) - 2-4. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) 2. Control units...
  • Page 489 2. Install the rear case. • When cable is in the wall: Transmission cable Power supply cable Rear case Putty Trap Screws • When cable is in the wall (switch box is used): Transmission cable Switch box Power supply cable Rear case Screws •...
  • Page 490 3. Install the front case to the rear case. Rear case Front case Screw NOTE: For details, refer to the installation manual of the central remote controller. - (05-44) - 2-4. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) 2. Control units...
  • Page 491 ¢ Specifications Power source voltage 1 Ø AC 100—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Display 7.0-inch TFT color LCD panel (WVGA) LED indicator Power LED (Green) Transmission line External input: Either emergency stop, batch operation/stop, electricity meter External interface (Either Dry contact or apply voltage can be selected.) External output: Operation state, error state Wired LAN (100 BASE-TX)

  • Page 492: Group Remote Controller (Uty-Cgg)

    2-5. Group remote controller (UTY-CGG) • Control and monitoring of up to 8 remote controller group is possible with one group remote controller. • The optional Network converter (UTY-VGGXZ1) allows up to 4 Group remote controllers to be incorporated within the control layout.
  • Page 493 ¢ Overview Indoor Unit Timer setting at all the Operation Indicators connected indoor units is possible by centralized timer Timer setting at all the connected indoor units With cover closed is possible by centralized timer on the front on the front panel. panel.
  • Page 494 ¢ System diagrams • When one group remote controller is connected: Network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) • When multiple group remote controllers are connected: Remote Network convertor controller cable Network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) (UTY-VGGXZ1) NOTES: • Total remote controller cable length: Max. 100 m •...
  • Page 495 ¢ Specifications Dimensions 120 × 120 × 18 (H × W × D) Weight  Wiring specifications Cable size Wire type Remarks Use sheathed PVC cable or 0.33 mm Remote controller cable Polar 3-core shielded cable in accordance with (22 AWG) regional cable standard.

  • Page 496: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel: Uty-RnrZ)

    2-6. Wired remote controller (Touch panel: UTY-RNRZ) • Easy finger touch operation with LCD panel. • Built-in Weekly/Daily time (On/Off, Temp., Mode) • The backlit LCD enables easy operation in a dark room. • Room temperature display • Control up to 16 indoor units •...
  • Page 497 ¢ Overview a Remote temperature sensor (inside) b On/off button Operable only while displaying the “Monitor mode” screen. c LED lamp (operation indicator) d Touch panel display e Set temperature Operating temperature can be set. f Remote controller group name g Mode Operation mode can be set.
  • Page 498 ¢ System diagrams • Multiple remote control Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. I.U. I.U. I.U. I.U. Master Master Slave Master Slave Slave Master Slave Slave Slave A, B, C, D: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Con- troller cable"...
  • Page 499 ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit When there is When there is a functional a functional grounding grounding Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Group control: Indoor units When there is a functional grounding Remote controller ¢...
  • Page 500 ¢ Installation space • This product cannot be installed in wall. • Recommendation installation height of the remote controller is from the floor surface to the bottom of the remote controller. • Even when you install a remote controller to one of a switch box and the surface of a wall, secure the space shown in following figure.
  • Page 501 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.
  • Page 502 ¢ Specifications Input voltage DC 12 Power consumption Max. 0.3 Display 3.8-inch FSTN LCD (255 × 160 dots) with touch panel Usage temperature range °C 0 to 40 Usage humidity range 20 to 90 (no condensation) Storage temperature range °C -10 to 60 Storage humidity range 20 to 90 (no condensation)

  • Page 503: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rlr)

    2-7. Wired remote controller (UTY-RLR) • Various time setup available (ON/OFF/WEEKLY) • Equipped with weekly timer as standard function (Start/Stop function is twice per day for a week.) • When setting up a time, start/stop, and the temperature setup can be changed. •...
  • Page 504 ¢ Overview a LED lamp (Operation indicator) Lights while the indoor unit is operating. Blinks when an error occurred. b FAN button Each time the button is pressed, fan speed switches as follows: Auto High Quiet c +, - buttons (Set temperature buttons) Used to adjust temperature in Monitor mode screen.
  • Page 505 ¢ System diagrams • Multiple remote control Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. I.U. I.U. I.U. I.U. Master Master Slave Master Slave Slave Master Slave Slave Slave A, B, C, D: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Con- troller cable"...
  • Page 506 ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit When there is When there is a functional a functional grounding grounding Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Group control: Indoor units When there is a functional grounding Remote controller ¢...
  • Page 507 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type Pattern A All duct type Pattern A All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type Pattern A All ceiling type Pattern A All wall mounted type...
  • Page 508 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.

  • Page 509: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-RcrZ1)

    2-8. Wired remote controller (UTY-RCRZ1) • UTY-RCRZ1 is compatible with comfort airflow function for 3D flow cassette type. • Various OFF timer setup are possible. • When a failure occurs, the error code is displayed. • The room temperature can be controlled by detecting the tem- perature accurately with built-in thermo sensor.
  • Page 510 ¢ System diagrams • Single remote control I.U. Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Controller cable" Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-66.) A ≤ 500 m ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit Remote controller ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm Hole ×...
  • Page 511 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type Pattern A All duct type Pattern A All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type Pattern A All ceiling type Pattern A All wall mounted type...
  • Page 512 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.

  • Page 513: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnk)

    2-9. Wired remote controller (UTY-RNK) • Various time setup available (ON/OFF/WEEKLY) • Equipped with weekly timer as standard function (Start/Stop function is twice per day for a week.) • When setting up a time, start/stop, and the temperature setup can be changed. SET TEMP.
  • Page 514 ¢ Overview a START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. b SET TEMP. button Selects the setting temperature. c MODE button Selects the operating mode (AUTO , HEAT ,FAN COOL , and DRY d FAN button Selects the fan speed AUTO ,QUIET , LOW , and HIGH...
  • Page 515 ¢ System diagram 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit A, B, C: Remote controller cable A ≤ 500 m;B + C ≤ 500 m Primary Secondary Remote controller Remote controllers ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 516 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type Pattern A All duct type Pattern A All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type Pattern A All ceiling type Pattern A All wall mounted type...
  • Page 517 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable 2.

  • Page 518: Simple Remote Controller (With Operation Mode: Uty-Rsr)

    2-10. Simple remote controller (With operation mode: UTY- RSR) • Easy operation • Stylish design • Large LCD screen and simple operation buttons • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. •...
  • Page 519 ¢ Overview a LED lamp Lights during operation. b Louver button Adjusts the airflow direction. c START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. d FAN control button Switches the fan speed as follows: Auto Quiet High e Room temperature sensor (inside) Display panel Senses ambient temperature of unit.
  • Page 520 ¢ System diagrams • 1 remote controller Indoor unit Remote controller • 4 remote controllers Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controllers NOTES: • A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Controller cable"...
  • Page 521 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 30.0 30.0 Hole: 9 × 4.5 23.0 Hole: 6 × 4.5 Hole: 12.5 × 4.5 Front View Side View Rear View ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type...
  • Page 522 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.

  • Page 523: Simple Remote Controller (With Operation Mode: Uty-Rsk)

    2-11. Simple remote controller (With operation mode: UTY- RSK) • Easy operation • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. • Error history (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) •...
  • Page 524 ¢ Overview a START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. b Display backlight button Lights during operation. c Operation lamp Lights during operation. d FAN button Selects the fan speed (AUTO ,HIGH , MED , and QUIET ). e SET TEMP. button Selects the setting temperature.
  • Page 525 ¢ System diagram 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit A, B, C: Remote controller cable A ≤ 500 m;B + C ≤ 500 m Primary Secondary Remote controller Remote controllers ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 526 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type Pattern A All duct type Pattern A All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type Pattern A All ceiling type Pattern A All wall mounted type...
  • Page 527 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable 2.

  • Page 528: Simple Remote Controller (Without Operation Mode: Uty-Rhr)

    2-12. Simple remote controller (Without operation mode: UTY- RHR) • Easy operation • Stylish design • Large LCD screen and simple operation buttons • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. •...
  • Page 529 ¢ Overview a LED lamp Lights during operation. b Louver button Adjusts the airflow direction. c START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. d FAN control button Switches the fan speed as follows: Auto Quiet High e Room temperature sensor (inside) Display panel Senses ambient temperature of unit.
  • Page 530 ¢ System diagrams • 1 remote controller Indoor unit Remote controller • 4 remote controllers Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controllers NOTES: • A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Controller cable"...
  • Page 531 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 30.0 30.0 Hole: 9 × 4.5 23.0 Hole: 6 × 4.5 Hole: 12.5 × 4.5 Front View Side View Rear View ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type...
  • Page 532 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.

  • Page 533: Simple Remote Controller (Without Operation Mode: Uty-Rhk)

    2-13. Simple remote controller (Without operation mode: UTY- RHK) • Easy operation • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. • Error history (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) •...
  • Page 534 ¢ Overview a START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. b Display backlight button Lights during operation. c Operation lamp Lights during operation. d FAN button Selects the fan speed (AUTO ,HIGH , MED , and QUIET ). e SET TEMP. button Selects the setting temperature.
  • Page 535 ¢ System diagram 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit A, B, C: Remote controller cable A ≤ 500 m;B + C ≤ 500 m Primary Secondary Remote controller Remote controllers ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 536 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type Pattern A All duct type Pattern A All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type Pattern A All ceiling type Pattern A All wall mounted type...
  • Page 537 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable 2.

  • Page 538: Wireless Remote Controller (Uty-Lnh)

    2-14. Wireless remote controller (UTY-LNH) • 4 mode time setup available (On/Off/Program/Sleep). • Up to 16 indoor units connected within the remote controller group can be simultaneously controlled. • Can be used jointly with wired remote controllers. • Easy to change custom code (max 4 codes) ¢...
  • Page 539 ¢ Overview a FAN button Selects the fan speed (AUTO, HIGH, MED, and LOW). b START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. c SET button (vertical) Adjusts the vertical airflow direction. d SET button (horizontal) Adjusts the horizontal airflow direction. e SWING button Sets the automatic swing operation and selects swing mode (Up/down, Left/right, Up/down/left/right, and Stop swing).
  • Page 540 ¢ System diagrams Signal receiver window Signal transmitter • Control signal might not be recognized in following cases: – A curtain or wall, etc. exists between transmitter and receiver. – There is an instant-start type (inverter type, etc.) fluorescent lamp in the room. •...
  • Page 541 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm • Controller Top view Front view Side view Rear view • Holder Ø 3.5 (hole) 3.5 × 6.5 (hole) Front view Side view Bottom view ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) 170 × 56 × 19 Weight (without batteries) - (05-95) - 2-14.

  • Page 542: Ir Receiver Unit (Utb-Ywc)

    2-15. IR receiver unit (UTB-YWC) Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote con- troller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For receiver unit Cover For receiver unit Insulation Small: 1 For receiver unit Medium: 1 Cable tie...
  • Page 543 ¢ Overview OPERATION LAMP (GREEN) TIMER LAMP (ORANGE) FILTER SIGN (RED) MANUAL AUTO SIGNAL RECEIVER ¢ System diagrams • Attachment range *1: Connection cable length L – Cable A (Standard accessory): 5 m – Cable C (Optional service part): 10 m •...
  • Page 544 ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit control box Connected to PCB *2 Connection cable A (L = 5 m): Standard accessory   60 × 120 mm hole Connection cable C (L = 10 m): Optional service parts Connection cable (L = 150 mm): Accessory *1 Connected to Connected to...

  • Page 545: Ir Receiver Unit (Uty-Trhx)

    2-16. IR receiver unit (UTY-TRHX) 3D flow cassette type and Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For receiver unit Cover For receiver unit Insulation Small: 1 For receiver unit...
  • Page 546 ¢ Overview OPERATION LAMP (GREEN) TIMER LAMP (ORANGE) FILTER SIGN (RED) MANUAL AUTO SIGNAL RECEIVER ¢ System diagrams • Attachment range *1: Connection cable length L – Cable A (Standard accessory): 5 m – Cable C (Optional service part): 10 m •...
  • Page 547 ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit control box Connected to PCB *² Connection cable A (L = 5 m): Standard accessory   Connection cable C (L = 10 m): Optional service parts 60 × 120 mm hole Connection cable (L = 200 mm): Accessory*¹...

  • Page 548: Ir Receiver Unit (For Cassette Type: Uty-LrhB1)

    2-17. IR receiver unit (For cassette type: UTY-LRHB1) Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For preventing receiver from falling down Strap Installation manual ¢...
  • Page 549 ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit (Cassette type) Connected to CN18 of PCB Wiring hole Wire from IR Receiver unit IR Receiver unit ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 193.9 31.2 Front View Side View ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) 193.9 ×...

  • Page 550: Ir Receiver Unit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type: Uty-Lbhxd)

    2-18. IR receiver unit (For circular flow cassette type: UTY- LBHXD) Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For preventing receiver from falling down Strap For electrical wiring Cable tie...
  • Page 551 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 164.5 22.6 Front View Side View ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) 164.5 × 164.5 × 22.6 Weight - (05-105) - 2-18. IR receiver unit (For circular flow cassette type: UTY-LBHXD) 2. Control units...

  • Page 552: Human Sensor Kit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type: Uty-Shzxc)

    2-19. Human sensor kit (For circular flow cassette type: UTY- SHZXC) Motion sensor save operation catches the movements of people for wide area and operation stop is also judged automatically. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For binding wires Cable tie For preventing human sensor from falling down Strap...
  • Page 553 ¢ Electrical wiring Wire from Human sensor unit Strap Hook Attach the corner plate Strap firmly in 5 places ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 164.5 27.5 Front View Side View ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) 164.5 × 164.5 × 27.5 Weight - (05-107) - 2-19.

  • Page 554: Remote Sensor Unit (Uty-Xszx)

    2-20. Remote sensor unit (UTY-XSZX) The remote sensor unit allows for flexible temperature sensing for optimum temperature control. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Name and shape Q’ty Cable (10 m) Installation manual Screw (M4 × 10 mm) Cord clamp Screw (M4 ×...
  • Page 555 ¢ Installation Unit: mm • When the cable is attached to the wall: – Remove the material covering the wiring penetration (thin material) in the cover of the sensor unit with a pair of cutters. The cable passes through this hole. –...

  • Page 556: Group Control Method

    2-21. Group control method ¢ Remote controller group Wired, Simple, and Wireless remote controllers can be used simultaneously in the following combi- nations. Examples of combination for remote controller group: Without Remote Controller ........Max 16 indoor units Connectable indoor unit number: 1 to 16 Connectable remote controller number: 0 to 2 NOTES:...
  • Page 557 ¢ Group This function is used when operating a multiple number of remote controller group at a time from System controller, Touch panel controller, or Central remote controller. Example: Refrigerant system 1 Heat Recovery system Refrigerant system 2 Heat pump system System controller...

  • Page 558: Comparison Table Of Controllers

    2-22. Comparison table of controllers • Central control Touch panel con- Central remote con- Group remote con- Item System controller System controller lite troller troller troller Model UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-DTGZ1 UTY-DCGZ UTY-CGG Max. controllable remote controller groups 1,600 Max controllable indoor units 1,600 Max controllable groups 1,600...
  • Page 559 • Individual control Wired remote controller Wired remote Wired remote Wired remote Simple remote Simple remote Wireless remote Item (Touch panel) controller controller controller controller controller controller* UTY-RSR UTY-RHR Model UTY-RNRZ UTY-RLR UTY-RCRZ1 UTY-RNK UTY-LNH (UTY-RSK) (UTY-RHK) Max. controllable remote controller —...

  • Page 560: Adaptor/Convertor Units

    3. Adaptor/Convertor units RELATED LINKS "Adapter/Converter/Maintenance tool" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-11 3-1. Network converter (UTY-VTGX) • With this Network converter, single split type and multi system air conditioners can be controlled by System controller, Touch panel controller, Central remote controller in VRF network sys- tem or by Wired remote controller connected to the Network converter.
  • Page 561 ¢ System diagram Group of Single Split System* Single Split System To outdoor VRF system units Multi System* (2 to 4 rooms multi ) Multi System* (8 rooms multi) Outdoor unit for Outdoor unit for Branch single split / multi system Multi system Wired remote Touch panel...
  • Page 562 ¢ Electrical wiring • For non-polar 2 wire Transmission cable Wired remote controller Indoor unit Max. 1 unit Max. 16 units Network convertor • For polar 3 wire Transmission cable Wired remote controller Indoor unit SET TEMP. START/STOP Max. 16 units Max.
  • Page 563 ¢ Limited wiring length • For non polar 2-wire Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. Indoor unit Network convertor A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Con- troller cable"...
  • Page 564 ¢ Connectable remote controllers 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this product. This product is connectable to indoor units that following wired remote controllers can be connected. Model name RC number Type AR-WEC...
  • Page 565 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 3-Ø4.5 For M4 × 16 mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 For code (≤ Ø7) 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 For code (≤ Ø5) Hole: 2 x 8 For open case ¢...

  • Page 566: Network Converter (Uty-Vtgxv)

    3-2. Network converter (UTY-VTGXV) • With this Network converter, single split type and multi system air condition- ers can be controlled by System controller, Touch panel controller, Central remote controller in VRF network system or by Wired remote controller con- nected to the Network converter.
  • Page 567 ¢ System diagram Group of Single Split System* Single Split System To outdoor VRF system units Multi System* (2 to 4 rooms multi ) Multi System* (8 rooms multi) Outdoor unit for Outdoor unit for Branch single split / multi system Multi system Wired remote Touch panel...
  • Page 568 ¢ Electrical wiring • For non-polar 2 wire 1 Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V Wired remote Indoor unit controller Switch Transmission (Disconnect switch) cable Max. 2 units Fuse (2 A) Max. 16 units L (L1) N (L2) Power supply Network convertor •...
  • Page 569 ¢ Limited wiring length • For non polar 2-wire Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. Indoor unit Network convertor A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Con- troller cable"...
  • Page 570 ¢ Connectable remote controllers 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this product. This product is connectable to indoor units that following wired remote controllers can be connected. Model name RC number Type AR-WEC...
  • Page 571 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm Hole pitch 4 × 20 = 80 Ø22 For conduit 5-Ø13 For dust proof bushing 2-Ø5 For M4 × 16 mm screws Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 × 16 mm screws ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 208—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power...

  • Page 572: Network Converter (Uty-Vggxz1)

    3-3. Network converter (UTY-VGGXZ1) • For connecting single split type system (DIP switch setting is neces- sary.) – With this Network converter, single split type and multi system air con- ditioners can be controlled by System controller, Touch panel con- troller, Central remote controller in VRF network system or by Wired re- mote controller connected to the Network converter.
  • Page 573 ¢ System diagram • For connecting single split type system Group of Single Split System* Single Split System To outdoor VRF system units Multi System* (2 to 4 rooms multi ) Multi System* (8 rooms multi) Outdoor unit for Outdoor unit for Branch single split / multi system Multi system...
  • Page 574 ¢ Electrical wiring • For connecting single split type system Transmission cable to VRF System Transmission cable to VRF System Wired remote controller Fuse (3 A) 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V Switch Indoor unit Y1 Y2 Y3 J1 J2 J3 TRANSMISSION REMOTE INDOOR UNIT POWER...
  • Page 575 ¢ Applicable models  Connectable remote controllers In the case of connecting single split type system, Wireless remote controller cannot be connected to this product. 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this product. Model name RC number UTB-YUB...
  • Page 576 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm For dust proof bushing For dust proof bushing Ø28 89.5 89.5 Ø28 2-Ø5 For M4 × 20 mm screws Ø22.2 For conduit 241.6 272 Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 × 20 mm screws ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø...

  • Page 577: Network Converter For Lonworks (Uty-Vlgx)

    3-4. Network converter for LonWorks (UTY-VLGX) • The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by LonWorks open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. • Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one Network converter for LonWorks.
  • Page 578 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram Maximum 100 outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) General purpose building control computer (LonWorks device) LonWorks Maximum 100 network outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) Lighting facilities...
  • Page 579 • Improper system diagram – Example 1 (Prohibited) Maximum 100 outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) LonWorks network VRF network system 1 Maximum 100 outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) VRF network system 2 –...
  • Page 580 ¢ Component location of PCB PC control VRF service switch DC 12V IN port (SW 1) BMS network Jumper for connection port Battery On/Off VRF network connection port RESET switch MODE switch SET switch BMS service switch (SW 7) (SW 3) (SW 4) (SW 2) ¢...
  • Page 581 ¢ Functions • Indoor unit control – Individual control Commands from LonWorks network are sent to the respective indoor units. (LonWorks network → respective indoor units of VRF network) – Batch control Commands from LonWorks network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF network. (LonWorks network →...
  • Page 582 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 583 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm For dust proof bushing For dust proof bushing Ø28 89.5 89.5 Ø28 2-Ø5 For M4 × 20 mm screws Ø22.2 For conduit 241.6 272 Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 × 20 mm screws ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø...
  • Page 584 Making XIF of Network Convertor using a Tool Binding VRF with BMS for network convertor (Software) provided by (By Network Integrator) Fujitsu General. (Job is done by Network Integrator) - (05-138) - 3-4. Network converter for LonWorks (UTY-VLGX) 3. Adaptor/Convertor units...
  • Page 585 ¢ Simple procedure for create XIF and register data to Network converter for LonWorks Important Network converter will not operate if, • VRF network system address (Outdoor and Indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Network converter. • XIF data information and VRF network system address allocation information must not be the same.

  • Page 586: Knx Converter For Vrf (Uty-Vkgx)

    3-5. KNX converter for VRF (UTY-VKGX) The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by KNX open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For mounting the power supply cable and transmission cable Cable tie...
  • Page 587 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 convertor indoor units (UTY-VKGX) General purpose KNX device Maximum 100 network outdoor units Maximum 128 convertor indoor units (UTY-VKGX) Lighting facilities Security system Automatic fire alarm interface Ventilation system VRF network...
  • Page 588 ¢ Component location of PCB KNX connector VRF Network connection port VRF terminal resister switch (SET2-1) Test run switch (SET2-3) Scan switch (SET2-4) Convertor address switch (SET1) USB cable connector Programming button (Prog Button) ¢ Electrical wiring 1 Ø 50/60 Hz 220-240 V General purpose KNX device Indoor unit...
  • Page 589  Control and monitoring items Item Function Description Start/Stop operation On/Off Command* Operation mode setting Cooling/Heating/Auto/Fan/Dry Temperature setting Set room temperature Airflow mode setting Set airflow Set room temperature lower limit & room Set point temperature limit Setting temperature upper limit Thermostat off (Only one controller in VRF Indoor unit Thermostat off setting*...
  • Page 590 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 591 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm Hole pitch 4 × 20 = 80 Ø22 For conduit 5-Ø13 For dust proof bushing 2-Ø5 For M4 × 16 mm screws Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 × 16 mm screws ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 220—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power...
  • Page 592  Setting from ETS For how to configure the settings from the ETS, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ - (05-146) - 3-5. KNX converter for VRF (UTY-VKGX) 3. Adaptor/Convertor units...

  • Page 593: Knx Converter For Indoor Unit (Uty-Vksx)

    3-6. KNX converter for indoor unit (UTY-VKSX) The convertor for connecting indoor unit to the central/home controller installed in KNX open network in order to manage the indoor unit from KNX network. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For mounting transmission cable Cable tie For mounting this product Screw (M4 ×...
  • Page 594 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram General purpose Lighting facilitie KNX device Security system KNX network Automatic fire alarm interface Ventilation system KNX convertor (UTY-VKSX) Connector cable Indoor unit KNX convertor (UTY-VKSX) Connector cable Indoor unit • Connected unit Maximum controllable indoor units number per 1 KNX converter - (05-148) - 3-6.
  • Page 595 ¢ Component location of PCB KNX connector Programming button (Prog button) ¢ Electrical wiring General purpose KNX device Indoor unit KNX cable Connector cable This product Connector cable to indoor unit KNX cable - (05-149) - 3-6. KNX converter for indoor unit (UTY-VKSX) 3.
  • Page 596 ¢ Functions • Indoor unit control Commands from KNX network are sent to the respective indoor units. (KNX network → indoor units) • Indoor unit status monitoring Indoor unit status is communicated to the KNX network in the form of indoor unit variables. (KNX network ←...
  • Page 597 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 598 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 3-Ø4.5 For M4 × 16 mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 For code (≤ Ø7) 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 For code (≤ Ø5) Hole: 2 x 8 For open case ¢...

  • Page 599: Modbus Converter For Vrf (Uty-Vmgx)

    3-7. Modbus converter for VRF (UTY-VMGX) The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by Modbus open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF net- work system. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For mounting the power supply cable and transmission cable...
  • Page 600 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram Maximum 100 outdoor units Modbus Maximum 128 convertor indoor units (UTY-VMGX) General purpose Modbus master unit (Modbus device) Modbus Maximum 100 network outdoor units Modbus Maximum 128 convertor indoor units (UTY-VMGX) Lighting facilities Security system Automatic fire...
  • Page 601 ¢ Component location of PCB Modbus Network VRF Network connection port connection port Modbus terminal VRF terminal resister resister switch (SET7-4) switch (SET2-1) Modbus communication Test run switch (SET2-3) baud rate switch (SET6-4) Scan switch (SET2-4) Modbus communication parity switch (SET6-3) Modbus communication Convertor address stop bit switch (SET6-2)
  • Page 602  Control and monitoring items Item Function Description Start/Stop operation On/Off Command* Operation mode setting Cooling/Heating/Auto/Fan/Dry Temperature setting Set room temperature Airflow mode setting Set airflow Set room temperature lower limit & room Set point temperature limit Setting temperature upper limit Thermostat off (Only one controller in VRF Indoor unit Thermostat off setting*...
  • Page 603 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 604 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm Hole pitch 4 × 20 = 80 Ø22 For conduit 5-Ø13 For dust proof bushing 2-Ø5 For M4 × 16 mm screws Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 × 16 mm screws ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 208—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power...
  • Page 605 ¢ Simple procedure for register data to Modbus converter for VRF Important Modbus converter for VRF will not operate, if VRF network system address (outdoor and indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Modbus converter for VRF. Address initial settings are 3 methods as follows: ...

  • Page 606: Modbus Converter For Indoor Unit (Uty-Vmsx)

    3-8. Modbus converter for indoor unit (UTY-VMSX) The convertor for connecting indoor unit to the BMS system built by Modbus open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and indoor unit. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For mounting transmission cable Cable tie For mounting the Modbus converter Screw (M4 ×...
  • Page 607 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram General purpose Lighting facilitie Modbus master unit (Modbus device) Security system Modbus network Automatic fire alarm interface Ventilation system Modbus convertor (UTY-VMSX) Connector cable Indoor unit Modbus convertor (UTY-VMSX) Connector cable Indoor unit •...
  • Page 608 ¢ Component location of PCB Modbus Network connection port Modbus terminal resister switch (SET7-4) Modbus communication baud rate switch (SET6-4) Modbus communication parity switch (SET6-3) Modbus communication stop bit switch (SET6-2) Modbus slave address switch (SET4/SET5) ¢ Electrical wiring General purpose building control computer Indoor unit (Modbus device)
  • Page 609 ¢ Functions • Indoor unit control Commands from Modbus network are sent to the respective indoor units. (Modbus network → indoor units) • Indoor unit status monitoring Indoor unit status is communicated to the Modbus network in the form of indoor unit variables. (Modbus network ←...
  • Page 610 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 611 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 3-Ø4.5 For M4 × 16 mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 For code (≤ Ø7) 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 For code (≤ Ø5) Hole: 2 x 8 For open case ¢...

  • Page 612: Bacnet Gateway (Hardware: Uty-Vbgx)

    3-9. BACnet gateway (Hardware: UTY-VBGX) • The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system us- ing BACnet protocol. • Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one BACnet gateway. • VRF system can be centrally controlled or monitored by BMS via BACnet gateway (UTY-VBGX).
  • Page 613 ¢ System diagram Maximum 4 network BACnet gateway (UTY-VBGX) Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 BACnet gateway indoor units (UTY-VBGX) General purpose building control computer (BACnet gateway device) VRF system 1 BACnet/IP Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 BACnet gateway indoor units (UTY-VBGX) Lighting...
  • Page 614 ¢ Component location of PCB VRF Network connection port (BACnet ) AC power fuse BMS Network connection port (Ethernet) Battery for clock Power LED Error LED PC connection port (USB) NOTE: Ensure proper space for all connectors when mounted. CAUTION Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
  • Page 615 ¢ Configuration procedure The following procedures presume that all VRF indoor/outdoor units are commissioned and opera- tional, and that BACnet network toward the BMS workstation is operational. Turn on the device. Power supply working with any of the voltage range allowed is necessary. Once connected the Power LED will turn on.
  • Page 616 ¢ Electrical wiring 1Φ 50/60 Hz General purpose building control computer 208-240 V (BMS) Switch Transmission cable Fuse (1.25 A) Power supply cable BACnet gateway Indoor unit RJ45 B SGND Transmission cable Outdoor unit Indoor unit Master or Slave Outdoor unit BACnet gateway Power supply BACnet gateway...
  • Page 617  Control and monitoring items with object types Category BACnet object Function name Remarks Target Monitor Control type* — ○ Operation setting* Operation mode — ○ Temperature setting — ○ Fan speed — ○ R/C prohibition — ○ Gateway ○ —...
  • Page 618 NOTES: • For detailed information, refer to the instruction manual posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: BACnet object type – BI: OBJECT_BINARY_INPUT – BO: OBJECT_BINARY_OUTPUT – MI: OBJECT_MULTISTATE_INPUT – MO: OBJECT_MULTISTATE_OUTPUT – AI: OBJECT_ANALOG_INPUT –...
  • Page 619 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 270.4 R2.5 225.4 23.3 25.2 ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 208—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Operating °C 0 to 46 Temperature Packaged °C -10 to 60 5 to 95 (RH) Humidity Packaged No condensation Dimensions (H ×...

  • Page 620: Bacnet Gateway (Software: Uty-Abgxz1)

    3-10. BACnet gateway (Software: UTY-ABGXZ1) • It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet, a global standard for open networks. • A Maximum of 1,600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor units and 100 outdoor units for one network system) can be connected to one BACnet gateway.
  • Page 621 ¢ System diagram BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS) PC Hardware (locally purchased) USB port LAN port VRF network system 1 USB adaptor (locally purchased) BACnet Lighting facilities USB adaptor VRF network system 2 Security (UTY-ABGXZ1) (locally purchased) system Automatic fire alarm interface USB adaptor Ventilation (locally purchased)
  • Page 622  BACnet Object list • Type: Indoor Unit BACnet object Function name Inactive Active Code (II) type Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Set temp. status Degree Space temp. Degree Auto temp. (Low limit status) Degree Auto temp. (High limit status) Degree Cool/Dry temp.
  • Page 623 • Type: Gateway Unit BACnet object Function name Inactive Active Code (II) type Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Device — Device information Lon network adapter error status Normal Abnormal Gateway status error Normal Abnormal ES status Not used Energy saving ES setting Not used Energy saving...
  • Page 624 ¢ Installation procedure Before installation, connect between the VRF network system and the USB adapter. For details of installation, refer to the instruction manual. Brief installation steps are follows: Install an appropriate driver for the USB adapter to the PC. In this step, do not connect the USB adapter to the PC.

  • Page 625: Wireless Lan Adapter (Uty-Tfsxz1)

    3-11. Wireless LAN adapter (UTY-TFSXZ1) By installing FGLair on a smart device, several functions can be controlled from outside the house. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For details on use and method of installation, refer to the indoor unit installation manual. EMI core For mounting the wireless LAN adapter.
  • Page 626 ¢ System diagram One WLAN adapter can be connected to each indoor unit. Single system Multiple system Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit WLAN adapter WLAN adapter WLAN adapter A, B, and C: Attached cable with this product. - (05-180) - 3-11.
  • Page 627 Prohibited uses: (1) Group connection of indoor units with wired remote controller Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit 3 wire 2 wire 3 wire type 2 wire type remote remote controller controller (2) Group connection of indoor units Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 628 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm Top view Top view Side view ¢ Installation With referring the setting manual, perform wire connection. Install the WLAN adapter in the direction as shown in this figure. If the WLAN adapter is in- stalled in the wrong direction, water may get into the adapter through the wire, causing failure. Tapping screws (Accessories) GOOD...
  • Page 629 After installation of mobile app, user registration is required. For user registration and setup infor- mation, refer to Setting Manual attached with the product. For the latest version of the Wireless LAN (WLAN) control manuals, refer to the following web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ - (05-183) - 3-11. Wireless LAN adapter (UTY-TFSXZ1)
  • Page 630  Wireless LAN function list NOTE: To use Wireless LAN control, user registration in advance and access to the wireless home network are required. Item Mobile app Operation on/off ○ Operation mode setting ○ Set temperature setting ○ Fan speed setting ○...

  • Page 631: Signal Amplifier (Uty-Vsgxz1)

    3-12. Signal amplifier (UTY-VSGXZ1) If the total length of transmission cable exceeds 500 m, or the number of the elements exceeds 64 units, Signal amplifier will be required. • Transmission cable length can be extended up to 3,600 m with multiple Sig- nal amplifier.
  • Page 632 ¢ Electrical wiring • Except in the case of V and S series (indoor units is installed 320 units or less) Fuse (3 A) 1Ø 50/60 Hz Network Network 220-240 V segment B segment A Switch Signal amplifier Indoor unit Indoor unit NO HIGH VOLTAGE TRANS-...
  • Page 633 • Case of VR-II (321 or more indoor units are installed) Signal amplifier (Filter mode: Off) 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V Fuse (3 A) Terminal resistor* Switch (Disconnect switch) Other RB unit RB unit or indoor unit Refrigerant system 1 Segment 1 Segment 2 Outdoor unit...
  • Page 634 • Filter mode setting Set the filter mode to suppress an increase of the amount of communication information in the Heat recovery system. – Filter mode is turned on by inserting the accessory connecting wire at the CN4 connector on the PCB.
  • Page 635 ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 208—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Operating °C 0 to 46 Temperature Packaged °C -10 to 60 0 to 95 (RH) Humidity Packaged No condensation Dimensions (H × W × D) 67 × 288 × 211 Weight 1,500 Fuse capacity...

  • Page 636: External Switch Controller (Uty-Terx)

    3-13. External switch controller (UTY-TERX) • Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an External switch controller and a third-party device. • On/Off, temperature, fan speed, operating mode, and remote controller pro- hibition mode can be switched using external device, such as a room card- key.
  • Page 637 ¢ Electrical wiring • For non-polar 2 wire External input cable Remote controller cable Remote REMOTE EXIN2 EXIN1 Controller Cord CONTROL External switch controller Indoor unit • For polar 3 wire External input cable Remote controller cable Remote REMOTE EXIN2 EXIN1 Controller Cord CONTROL...
  • Page 638 • Connection to external contacts • Select low current use contacts (usable at DC 5 V, 2 mA or less). • Short circuit detection resistance (R on): ≤ 500 Ω • Open circuit detection resistance (R off): ≥ 100 kΩ •...
  • Page 639 ¢ Dimensions Unit: mm 3-Ø4.5 For M4 × 16 mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 For code (≤ Ø7) 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 For code (≤ Ø5) Hole: 2 x 8 For open case - (05-193) - 3-13.
  • Page 640 ¢ Installation • When connecting to the connector – For non-polar 2 wire 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then re- move the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable...
  • Page 641 – For polar 3 wire 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then re- move the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable 2.
  • Page 642 • When connecting to the exclusive terminal block – For non-polar 2 wire 1. Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. 2. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to “2WIRE” on the PCB of the indoor unit. Terminal block Functional grounding (If necessary)
  • Page 643 ¢ Specifications Input power Operating °C 0 to 46 Temperature Packaged °C -10 to 60 0 to 95 (RH) Humidity Packaged No condensation Dimensions (H × W × D) 43 × 117 × 140 Weight  Wiring specifications Cable size Wire type Remarks Remote controller...
  • Page 644 ¢ Example • Controlling the individual operation status with two external contact switch Setting Wiring Operation example P1: On, Cool, 26 °C P2: Off Mode 0 Indoor unit SW1 On P1: Arbitrary operation state Contact Off → On External SW2 On SW controller P2: Arbitrary operation state External...
  • Page 645 • Operates when the external contact switch is turned on, and returns to the original opera- tion state when the switch is turned off. Setting Wiring Operation example Mode1, P1: Setback P2: On, Cool, 26 °C Mode 1 or 0 Indoor unit SW1 On P1: Setback...

  • Page 646: External Switch Controller (Uty-Tekx)

    3-14. External switch controller (UTY-TEKX) • Air conditioner switching can be controlled by connecting other sensor switches. • On/Off, temperature, fan speed, operating mode can be switched in combi- nation with card-key switches equipped in facilities such as hotel rooms. •...
  • Page 647 ¢ Electrical wiring External input cable Remote controller cable Remote Remote External input controller cord control External switch controller Indoor unit *Connect SW2 only when it is used. Connection to external contacts Dry contact External contact SW 1 • Open circuit voltage: 12 V ± 2 V External contact SW 2 •...
  • Page 648 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type Pattern A All duct type Pattern A All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type Pattern A All ceiling type Pattern A All wall mounted type...
  • Page 649 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 20 mm Remote controller cable 2.
  • Page 650 ¢ Specifications Power supply DC 12 Dimensions (H × W × D) 120 × 75 × 30 Weight  Wiring specifications Cable size Wire type Remarks Use sheathed PVC cable or Remote controller Polar 3 core shielded cable in accordance cable with the regional cable standard 0.33 mm...
  • Page 651 • Operates when the external contact switch is turned off, and returns to the original opera- tion state when the switch is turned on. Setting Wiring Operation example Mode 1, P1: On, Cool, 26 °C P2 : When setback Mode 1 or 0 Indoor unit P1: Arbitrary operation state P2: Setback...

  • Page 652: Service And Web Monitoring Tool

    4. Service and web monitoring tool 4-1. Service tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application Includes the software and manuals for Service tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key.
  • Page 653 ¢ System diagram Remote Side VRF System Side Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software & protection key for Service Tool* (UTY-ASGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet (Locally purchased) USB Adapter (Locally purchased) Up to 1 PC VRF network system can be connected simultaneously. *: WibuKey of UTY-ASGX can be used.
  • Page 654 Function Summary The indoor units or outdoor units operation history can be recorded. The displayed Operation history operation history can be printed out and saved to a CSV file. Displays the error information for each unit. The error information can sequentially be Error history displayed up to 50 items as they occur starting with the latest error.
  • Page 655 Function Summary Confirm the current version of the software, Version and it is not the latest, it can be updated to the latest version. Through the Internet, Service tool in the PC on VRF system side can be operable in Remote operation real-time from remote side PC.

  • Page 656: Web Monitoring Tool (Uty-Amgxz1)

    4-2. Web monitoring tool (UTY-AMGXZ1) ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application Includes the software and manuals for Web monitoring tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key. Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the WHITE-USB-KEY PC that Web monitoring tool is installed.
  • Page 657 ¢ System diagram • System components Remote side VRF system side Software & Personal protection key for Computer (Locally Web Monitoring purchased) Tool* (UTY-AMGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet USB Adapter (Locally purchased) (Locally purchased) Up to 2 PCs VRF network system can be connected simultaneously.
  • Page 658 ¢ Comparison table Service tool Web monitoring tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) (UTY-AMGXZ1) Function VRF system VRF system Remote side Remote side side side System list ● ● ● ● Equipment detail (Diagram) ● ● ● ● Equipment detail (Status list) ● ● ●...
  • Page 659 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 2022.03.03 DV_CH06_VR2E018EF_10...
  • Page 660 CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 1. System design.....................06-1 1-1. Refrigerant system ......................06-1 1-2. VRF network system ......................06-7 1-3. Installation place......................06-14 2. Piping design.....................06-17 2-1. Important items when using refrigerant (R410A) ............06-17 2-2. Piping limitation ......................06-20 2-3. Pipe size........................06-22 2-4. Selection of pipe heat insulating material ..............06-27 2-5.

  • Page 661: System Design

    1. System design 1-1. Refrigerant system ¢ Connectable unit within 1 refrigerant system • Outdoor unit Unit Quantity Outdoor unit 1 unit • Indoor unit Outdoor unit Connectable indoor unit conditions Connectable indoor Cooling capacity Cooling Model name capacity (kW) unit* range* 12.1...
  • Page 662 ¢ Refrigerant system examples NOTE: For cooling capacity range of connectable indoor units, refer to "Refrigerant system" page 06-1.  Example 1 (OK) Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Capacity ratio Connectable indoor unit Cooling Total capacity capacity capacity Model name Judge...
  • Page 663  Example 3 (Prohibited) Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Capacity ratio 131% Connectable indoor unit Cooling Total capacity capacity capacity Model name Judge Min. Max. (kW) Outdoor unit AJ045LCLDH 14.0 14.0 Indoor unit 1 ARXD024GLEH (2) 50% (3) 130% (3) <...
  • Page 664  Example 5 (Prohibited) Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 Indoor unit 9 Indoor unit 10 Indoor unit 11 Indoor unit 13 Indoor unit 12 Indoor unit 14 Capacity ratio...
  • Page 665  Example 6 (OK) Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Capacity ratio 116% Connectable indoor unit Cooling Total capacity capacity capacity Model name Judge Min.
  • Page 666  Example 8 (OK) Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Capacity ratio 104% Connectable indoor unit Cooling Total capacity capacity capacity Model name Judge Min. Max. (kW) Outdoor unit AJ045LCLDH 14.0 14.0...

  • Page 667: Vrf Network System

    1-2. VRF network system ¢ Definition VRF network VRF network means global VRF network. Network segment (NS) Network segment (NS) means each networks shut off by Signal amplifier. Network segments mean divided block which has been connected with Signal amplifier within conditions that required Signal amplifier.
  • Page 668 ¢ Maximum wiring length Transmission cable Maximum wiring length Total wiring length of transmission 3,600 m Maximum wiring length between units 400 m Total wiring length in 1 segment 500 m VRF network system Segment Wiring length 3,600 m 500 m Number of units In the following case, Signal amplifier is required.
  • Page 669 ¢ Maximum connectable unit numbers in 1 VRF network system Outdoor unit Indoor unit  Controller • Central controller Max. controllable number Max. Remote Exterior Part name Model name connectable Indoor network controller Group number unit system group System 1,600 per VRF network UTY-APGXZ1 system controller*...
  • Page 670 • Individual controller Max. Exterior Part name Model name Remarks number Wired remote controller UTY-RNRZ — Maximum controllable indoor units: 9 (Touch panel) Wired remote UTY-RLR — Maximum controllable indoor units: 9 controller Wired remote UTY-RCRZ1 — Maximum controllable indoor units: 9 controller Wired remote UTY-RNK...
  • Page 671  Adaptor/Convertor/Maintenance tool Max. Exterior Part name Model name Remarks number • Total number of refrigerant system and Network converter is maximum UTY-VTGX Network 100. converter UTY-VTGXV • Maximum connectable single split type or multi type: 16 units • Total number of refrigerant system and Network converter is maximum For split 100.
  • Page 672 Max. Exterior Part name Model name Remarks number Signal amplifier is required when 500 m or more in transmission cable length or Signal amplifier UTY-VSGXZ1 connected units exceed 64 units. External switch UTY-TERX — Maximum controllable indoor units: 16 controller UTY-TEKX •...
  • Page 673  How to count units in a network segment Each unit must be counted in the network segment as in the table below. Unit Model name Count Outdoor unit (each) — Indoor unit (each) — System controller UTY-APGXZ1 System controller lite UTY-ALGXZ1 Touch panel controller UTY-DTGZ1...

  • Page 674: Installation Place

    1-3. Installation place ¢ Outdoor unit For installing the outdoor unit, select a place where satisfies following conditions. • A place where satisfies the installation space described in "Installation space" in Chapter 3. OUT- DOOR UNITS on page 03-4. • A place where the unit can be installed horizontally. •...
  • Page 675  Precaution for installation place • Install the outdoor unit in a position where its tilts is 3 degrees or less. However, do not install the unit with it tilted towards the side containing the compressor. • Install the outdoor unit on the place with strong installation fixings, which can sufficiently bear the product weight •...
  • Page 676 ¢ Indoor unit For installing the indoor unit, with considering your customer’s request select a place where satisfies following conditions. • Install the unit level on a strong wall, floor, ceiling, which is not subject to vibration. • The inlet and outlet ports should not be obstructed. The air should be able to blow all over the room.

  • Page 677: Piping Design

    2. Piping design 2-1. Important items when using refrigerant (R410A) R410A operates at higher pressure and has less solubility with mineral oil than traditional R22 refrig- erant. Therefore, R410A systems use a different lubricant and have different piping requirements. • Refrigerant piping material and wall thickness Only seamless copper tubes should be used for refrigerant piping.
  • Page 678 ¢ Work flow example Preparations Prepare schedule of works ↓ • Always check the refrigerant to be used. Refrigerant check • Always use the specified refrigerant. • Prepare materials/tools matched to refrigerant ↓ Operation chart preparation ↓ Start of work Indoor unit installation ↓...
  • Page 679 ↓ Indoor unit connection check ↓ Address setting ↓ Refrigerant piping connection (Outdoor unit) ↓ • Seal with nitrogen up to 4.2 MPa. Leak pressure test • After 24 hours, check whether the pressure in piping has not descended. ↓ •...

  • Page 680: Piping Limitation

    2-2. Piping limitation For proper system operation, keep all the piping limitation mentioned here. CAUTION • Allowable height difference: – If the height difference between indoor unit and outdoor unit is larger than the allowable value: • The pressure loss will be larger. → Insufficient cooling and heating •...
  • Page 681 ¢ Limitation Limitation Diagram Allowable pipe length (Actual pipe length) Total pipe length Total 80 m or less* Between outdoor unit and the farthest indoor unit 50 m or less a + b Between the first separation tube and farthest indoor unit 40 m or less Between outdoor unit and nearest indoor unit 5 m or more...

  • Page 682: Pipe Size

    2-3. Pipe size After referring to cooling capacity table below, select each Pipe size, Separation tube, and Header from the cooling capacity of outdoor unit and indoor unit connected in the system. NOTE: For pipe diameter, material, and wall thickness, refer to "Important items when using refrig- erant (R410A)"...
  • Page 683  Indoor unit Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D AUXB004GLEH AUXB007GLEH AUXB009GLEH Cassette grille: Compact cassette AUXB012GLEH 245 × 570 × 570 UTG-UFE-W AUXB014GLEH UTG-UFC-W AUXB018GLEH AUXB024GLEH AUXD18GALH 246 × 840 × 840 AUXD24GALH 10.0 AUXA30GALH...
  • Page 684 Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D ARXA024GLEH 10.0 ARXA030GLEH Medium static 270 × 1,135 × 700 pressure duct 11.2 12.5 ARXA036GLEH 12.5 14.0 ARXA045GLEH 11.2 12.5 ARXC036GTEH High static 400 × 1,050 × 500 pressure duct 12.5 14.0...
  • Page 685 ¢ Pipe size selection Use the following tables to select the Refrigeration Pipe Size, Separation tube and Header. Outdoor unit Pipe size (table "A") Separation tube (optional) First separation tube (optional) Header (optional) Pipe size (table "B") Pipe size (table "C") •...
  • Page 686 ¢ Optional parts selection  Indoor unit • EV kit Applicable indoor unit Model Type Model Wall mounted ASE004GCEH, ASE007GCEH, ASE009GCEH UTR-EV09XB Compact floor AGE004GCEH, AGE007GCEH, AGE009GCEH Wall mounted ASE012GCEH, ASE014GCEH UTR-EV14XB Compact floor AGE012GCEH, AGE014GCEH • Separation tube Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (kW) Model name 19.6 or less UTP-AX054A...

  • Page 687: Selection Of Pipe Heat Insulating Material

    2-4. Selection of pipe heat insulating material Always insulate the refrigerant pipe to prevent condensation and water droplets by the refrigerant pipe. For selection of pipe heat insulating material, refer to following items. • Decide the thickness of the heat insulating material by referring to the recommended minimum thickness in Table 1.

  • Page 688: Additional Charge Calculation

    2-5. Additional charge calculation NOTES: • The outdoor unit is charged refrigerant at the factory. • Additional refrigerant required to be charged on site depending on pipe length and outdoor unit model. • The additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated according to the following formula. •...
  • Page 689 • Total refrigerant amount check (C) A + B NOTES: • Check the total refrigerant amount under the following conditions. Condition Total amount of refrigerant (C) ≤ 6.83 kg • When total refrigerant amount exceed limitation: – Reduce pipe length for refrigerant system. –...

  • Page 690: Piping Design Example

    2-6. Piping design example ¢ Example 1 Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe 17.6 kW 15.4 kW 13.2 kW 11.0 kW 8.8 kW 6.6 kW 4.4 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW...
  • Page 691 • Selection of pipe size Pipe diameter (mm) Length example Pipe no. Liquid pipe Gas pipe Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35...
  • Page 692 ¢ Example 2 Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe 17.5 kW 13.0 kW 6.6 kW 6.4 kW 4.5 kW 3.6 kW 2.8 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 4.5 kW 3.6 kW...
  • Page 693 • Selection of pipe size Pipe diameter (mm) Length example Pipe no. Liquid pipe Gas pipe Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 • Limitation check Example Limitation Pipe Diagram...
  • Page 694 ¢ Example 3 Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe 16.0 kW 13.2 kW 11.0 kW 8.8 kW 6.6 kW 4.4 kW 2.2 kW 1.1 kW 2.8 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 2.2 kW 1.1 kW...
  • Page 695 • Selection of pipe size Pipe diameter (mm) Length example Pipe no. Liquid pipe Gas pipe Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø6.35...

  • Page 696: Piping Connection

    3. Piping connection Keep the permissible length of every piping limitation to prevent a defect or cooling/heating failure. CAUTION • Piping material: – Use the designated size (diameter and thickness) of refrigerant pipes. – Those pipes purchased locally may contain dust inside. Use dry nitrogen to blow out any dust. –...
  • Page 697 CAUTION • Brazing: – If nitrogen gas is not blown through the pipes while they are being brazed, an oxidized layer may form on the inside of the pipes. If this occurs, the cooling efficiency may decrease and it will be caused to damage for compressor and clog the strainer and electronic expansion valve.

  • Page 698: Piping To Outdoor Unit

    3-1. Piping to outdoor unit ¢ Piping method  Opening the knockout hole CAUTION • Be careful to prevent panel deformation or damaged while opening the knockout hole. • To prevent cutting of the wiring after the knockout hole was opened, remove the burrs along the edge.
  • Page 699  Pipe connection CAUTION • Be sure to install the pipe against the port on the indoor unit and the outdoor unit correctly. If the centering is improper, the flare nut cannot be tightened smoothly. If the flare nut is forced to turn, the threads will be damaged.
  • Page 700 Handling precautions for the valves • Mounted part of blank cap is sealed for protection. • Fasten blank cap tightly after opening valves. Blank cap Tightening torque mm (in) N·m Ø6.35 (1/4) 20 to 25 Ø9.52 (3/8) 20 to 25 Ø12.70 (1/2) 25 to 30 Ø15.88 (5/8)

  • Page 701: Ev Kit

    3-2. EV kit An EV kit must be required for EEV external models on the liquid pipe side. Following indoor units require EV kit. Applicable indoor unit Model Type Model Wall mounted ASE004GCEH, ASE007GCEH, ASE009GCEH UTR-EV09XB Compact floor AGE004GCEH, AGE007GCEH, AGE009GCEH Wall mounted ASE012GCEH, ASE014GCEH UTR-EV14XB...
  • Page 702 • Take servicing, etc. into consideration and leave the space as follows. 300 mm or more ¢ Installation CAUTION • The installation direction can be selected either horizontal (pattern A) or vertical (pattern B), but keep the inclination within 5°. –...
  • Page 703 • Floor installation Use 4 screws (accessory) to fasten the unit to the floor. Screw (Accessory) • Wall installation Remove the 2 screws and replace them with the hanger. Use 4 screws (accessory) to fasten the unit to the wall. Screw (Accessory) Screw Screw...
  • Page 704 ¢ Attach the insulation material Insulation by the coupler heat insulation around the pipe. Coupler heat insulation Coupler heat insulation No gap No gap ¢ Wiring procedure Connect the EV kit wire to the indoor unit. Wrap the tube around the connection, and fasten both ends binders. Connect the ground to the indoor unit.

  • Page 705: Separation Tube

    3-3. Separation tube Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (kW) Model name 19.6 or less UTP-AX054A ¢ Installation Select the connections with the pipe diameter that match the selected pipe sizes from the Separation tube, and cut them with a pipe cutter. Joint pipe (Branch kit) Field pipe 1/2L...
  • Page 706 ¢ Restriction when install Be sure following restriction. • Installation angle Place the Separation tube horizontally or vertically so that the refrigerant separates evenly. Good Good Prohibited Prohibited Horizontal Vertical CAUTION • If it is placed horizontally, keep it within allowable mounting angle below. Otherwise, it will not separate the refrigerant evenly, causing a reduction in performance.
  • Page 707 • Straight pipe length A straight pipe (minimum length 0.5 m) before Separation tube is necessary in order to separate the refrigerant exactly. 0.5 m or more 0.5 m or more Main pipe To indoor unit, separation tube, or header CAUTION •...
  • Page 708 ¢ Heat insulation installation After brazing the pipes and leak check, use the supplied insulation to insulate them. (on liquid and gas pipes) Remove the protective sheet from the double-stick tape that is affixed to the heat insulation. Double-stick tapes Be sure to install the tape (accessory) in each heat insulation to the 2 positions as shown in the following figure.

  • Page 709: Header

    3-4. Header Total cooling capacity of indoor 3 to 6 Branches 3 to 8 Branches units (kW) 28.0 or less UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L NOTE: When separate into 2 branches, use a Separation tube instead. ¢ Installation Connecting the connection pipes from the indoor units. Always have at least one Always have at least one indoor unit connected to...
  • Page 710 CAUTION Separation tube is not allowed to install Header kit. Header Outdoor unit Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit unit unit unit unit unit unit Header Outdoor unit Indoor Indoor unit unit Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit unit unit unit...
  • Page 711 ¢ Restriction when install Be sure following restriction. • Installation angle Install the Header so that it branches horizontally. Gas pipe Horizontal Liquid pipe Horizontal Prohibited Prohibited Use a level to make sure that the Header is positioned as shown in following figure, and then sure it in place.

  • Page 712: Wiring Design

    4. Wiring design 4-1. Electrical wiring ¢ Precaution Regulations for wire diameter and selecting circuit breaker size differ from locality. Always install in accordance with local standard. WARNING • Do not turn on the power until all installation work is complete. •...
  • Page 713 ¢ Wiring system outline (Remote / Monitoring side) *1 System USB adaptor Controller Locally purchased Case of UTY-ALGXZ1 *1: Option is necessary. Touch Panel *2: Can not be used. Controller (Remote / NW2 *2 Monitoring NW3 *2 side) *1 NW4 *2 Outdoor unit power supply cable 3ø...

  • Page 714: Power Supply Cable

    4-2. Power supply cable RELATED LINKS "Electrical characteristics" in Chapter 3. OUTDOOR UNITS on page 03-17 "Electrical characteristics" in Chapter 4. INDOOR UNITS on page 04-34 ¢ Specifications Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. ...
  • Page 715 • Table A. Current breaker requirements Model MCA (A) Fuse capacity (A) Refer to "Electrical characteristics" in Chapter 4. INDOOR All models UNITS on page 04-34 When the power crossover wiring is done, make it so that the total of the MCA of the connected indoor units does not exceed the 15 A.
  • Page 716 ¢ Wiring example CAUTION • Except for emergency, never turn off main as well as sub breaker of the indoor units during op- eration. It will cause compressor failures as well as water leakage. • First, stop the indoor unit by operating the control unit, converter, or external input device, and then cut the breaker.
  • Page 717 • Example 2: Using external power supply unit When operating multiple indoor units with one remote controller, make sure that AC 230 V power is supplied with one breaker as shown below. AC 230 V AC 24 V AC 24 V AC 24 V a: Circuit breaker b: Relay...

  • Page 718: Transmission Cable

    4-3. Transmission cable RELATED LINKS "Definition" on page 06-7 ¢ Wiring specifications Cable size Cable type Remarks 0.33 mm Transmission LEVEL4 (NEMA) non polar 2-core, twisted LonWorks compatible cable pair solid core, diameter 0.65 mm cable (22 AWG) Use shielded cable specified below and always ground it both end. 22 AWG (0.65 mm) LEVEL4 cable with shielded (National Electrical Manufacturers Association [NE- MA]) differs from the Category 4 specification proposed by the Electronic Industries Association/ Telecommunication Industry Association (EIA/TIA).
  • Page 719 Reference specifications for transmission cable Item Unit Specifications NOTES: • *1: Number of twist is not specified. However, it shall satisfy the electrical specifications such as characteristic impedance, attenuation, etc. (Example: More than 40 times/m) • *2: Cross talk attenuation is applied when the twisted cable has 2 pairs (2 P). •...
  • Page 720 ¢ Wiring flow Decide to use feature of automatic address setting depending on system design. Decide to use automatic address setting or manual address setting. • Automatic address setting: Go to "Auto address setting" on page 06-60 in step 2. •...
  • Page 721 • Manual address setting Connect the transmission cable like as Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 Refrigerant system 1 Transmission cable Refrigerant system 2 Transmission cable Transmission cable Refrigerant system 3 Fig. 3 Refrigerant system 1 Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Refrigerant system 2 Indoor unit...
  • Page 722 Confirm transmission wiring system. Confirm your transmission wiring system if transmission wiring system is ensured wiring rule. Check list □ Total transmission wiring length □ Total number of unit NOTE: For details, refer to "VRF network system" on page 06-7. ¢...
  • Page 723 Example: Transmission cable 230V 1ø 50Hz Indoor unit power supply cable Circuit breaker 230V 1ø 50Hz Circuit breaker Outdoor unit power supply cable Remote controller cable - (06-63) - 4-3. Transmission cable 4. Wiring design...
  • Page 724 ¢ Separation rules • The transmission cable between indoor units, outdoor unit, and controllers can be connected by one cable. • Terminal board available on the market or the ones inside the indoor unit or outdoor unit should be used for transmission cable separation. •...
  • Page 725 • Example 3: Separation wiring from one terminal board radially Terminal board Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 System controller • Example 4: Combination of example 2 and 3 Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 Terminal board System controller - (06-65) -...

  • Page 726: Controller Cable

    4-4. Controller cable RELATED LINKS "Indoor unit type and applicable control method" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-8 "Control device design limitation" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-13 "Applicable parts" in Chapter 10. OPTIONAL PARTS on page 10-17 ¢...
  • Page 727 ¢ Maximum connectable number of remote controller (2-wire type) Maximum connectable number of remote controller (2-wire type) is limited by cable size and maxi- mum cable length. Maximum connectable number of remote controller (2-wire type) Cable size (S) Total cable length (L) L ≤...
  • Page 728 • Example 2 (Prohibited) Cross-over wiring of refrigerant system in the same remote controller group is prohibited. Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 2-wire type RC • Example 3 3-wire type and 2-wire type wired remote controller can coexist in the same refrigerant system. 2-wire type RC 3-wire type RC Wired RC or Wireless RC...

  • Page 729: Drain Connection

    5. Drain connection 5-1. Outdoor unit CAUTION • Perform drain work in accordance with this manual, and ensure that the drain water is properly drained. If the drain work is not carried out correctly, water may drip down from the unit, wetting the furniture.

  • Page 730: Indoor Unit

    5-2. Indoor unit ¢ General rules of drain piping • Install the drain pipe with downward slope (1/100 or more) and so there are no rises in the pipe. • Use general hard polyvinyl chloride pipe (VP25Ø3/4 [I.D.], Ø1-1/6 [O.D.]) and connect it with adhe- sive (polyvinyl chloride) so that there is no leakage.
  • Page 731 ¢ Circular flow cassette type and 4-way flow cassette type 300 mm or less 1.5 to 2.0 m Hanging fitting Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 VP25 Drain hose (Locally purchased) (accessory) Attached band VP25 Horizontal or Downward gradient upward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 Prohibited Air bleeding...
  • Page 732 ¢ 3D flow cassette type 300 mm Downward gradient VP25 (O.D. 32 mm) or less 1/100 to 1/50 local arrangement Horizontal or upward gradient Hanging fittings 1.5 to 2.0 m VP25 (O.D. 32 mm) Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 Prohibited Rise Trap Air bleeding...
  • Page 733 ¢ One way flow cassette type Gap of 1.5 to 2 m Prohibited Air bleeding Rise Locally arranged pipe Supporter Max. 300 mm VP25 Trap 700 mm or less (O.D 32 mm or more) Drain hose is not used Horizontal or upward gradient Ceiling Drain hose (accessories)
  • Page 734 ¢ Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type Gap of 1.5 to 2 m Pohibited Air bleeding Rise Supporter Locally arranged pipe VP25 Max. 300 mm (O.D. 32 mm or more) Horizontal or upward gradient VP30 or more (O.D. 38 mm or more) Downward gradient 1/100 or more •...
  • Page 735 ¢ Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type • Ceiling concealed setting Supporter Drain hose Drain cap Arrange the drain hose 1.5 m to 2.0 m lower than this position Prohibited Air bleeding Rise Trap Prohibited Gap of 1.5 to 2 m Air bleeding Rise Supporter...
  • Page 736 ¢ Low static pressure duct type (High efficiency) Downward gradient Drain hose 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 1.5 to 2.0 m Prohibited Trap Rise Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides. Select the drain port to match the local conditions. Drain port Drain cap Nylon fastener...
  • Page 737 ¢ Medium static pressure duct type Downward gradient Drain hose 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 1.5 to 2.0 m Prohibited Trap Rise Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides. Select the drain port to match the local conditions. Drain port Drain cap Nylon fastener...
  • Page 738 ¢ High static pressure duct type • Main drain pipe Unit Drain hose (main) Drain pipe (main) Trap 1.5 to 2.0 m H1 = 100 mm or more H2 = 50 - 100 mm – Be sure to provide a drain trap for each indoor units. –...
  • Page 739 ¢ Compact floor type drain cap drain hose The drain hose can be connected at either side of the indoor unit. Drain pan Drain pan Drain hose No gap Drain cock Drain cap Hexagon Drain holder wrench Screw Drain cap Left piping For connection from the left rear Cable...
  • Page 740 ¢ Floor/Ceiling type • Under ceiling setting Remove the hole cover Prohibited Drain hose Arrange the drain hose lower than this position When drain hose is arranged backward, secure the drain hose with the VT wire. Piping hole Base (Bottom) VT wire Intake grille Drain hose...
  • Page 741 ¢ Ceiling type Drain hose Supporter Arrange the drain hose 1.5 to 2.0 m lower than this position Prohibited Rise Trap End in water Fasten the drain pipe with VT wire so that the pipe slopes correctly within the indoor unit. VT wire Drain hose Indoor unit (rear view)
  • Page 742 ¢ Wall mounted type Models: ASA018GCEH and ASA024GCEH • Drain hose Left side Drain cap Drain hose Insert the drain cap until it Right side Insert the drain hose until it butts against the drain port. butts against the drain port. Drain cap Drain hose Prohibited...
  • Page 743 ¢ Central drain process When conveying multiple drain pipes, install according to the procedure shown below. • For Compact cassette type, Circular flow cassette type, 3D flow cassette, and 4-way flow cassette type T-joint converging drain pipes VP30 (O.D. 38 mm) or more Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 Compact cassette type 700 mm or less...
  • Page 744 ¢ Drain insulation • Confirm water flows into drain pan of the indoor unit and drains from the pan once the drain hose is connected. • Check drain pipes for leaks. • Insulate the drain to prevent condensation. • Secure the drain pipe to the wall with a saddle. Outside wall cap Saddle Sealer putty...
  • Page 745 7. FUNCTION SETTINGS 2022.02.18 DV_CH07_V2M023EF_09...
  • Page 746 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTINGS 1. System settings...................07-1 1-1. System type setting ......................07-2 1-2. Address setting.......................07-4 1-3. Manual address setting method..................07-9 1-4. Address setting by remote controller ................07-16 1-5. Automatic address setting ....................07-55 1-6. Terminal resistor setting ....................07-63 1-7. Indoor unit connection check ..................07-64 2.
  • Page 747 1. System settings Set each switch to the corresponding system type as described in the accompanying explanation, and do not use a nonexistent switch combination. CAUTION • Perform the system type setting and address setting, before turning on the power. •...

  • Page 748: Function Settings

    1-1. System type setting Other than the units mentioned below, refer to "Function settings" on page 07-66 and the installa- tion manual. ¢ Outdoor unit setting Set the rotary switch REF AD x10 and x1. <Step 1> For details of switch, refer to "Address setting"...
  • Page 749 ¢ Remote controller setting (Only for Wired remote controller and Simple remote controller.) Set the SW2 of DIP switch 1. Dual remote controller setting For details, refer to "Function settings" on page 07-66. - (07-3) - 1-1. System type setting 1.

  • Page 750: Address Setting

    1-2. Address setting Address for each unit should be preset before starting system operation. Refer to "System design" Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-1 to confirm the details of each unit, and perform the set- ting. ¢ Outdoor unit addresses and setting ranges Setting Setting Type of switch...
  • Page 751 ¢ Indoor unit addresses and setting ranges Setting Setting Type of switch Remarks range Manual address setting: Arbitrary numbers can be set in Setting example range of 00—99. REF AD REF AD Wireless R. C.: Refer to "Address setting by This switch is set to 00 at factory wireless remote controller"...
  • Page 752 ¢ Addresses and setting ranges for controllers, convertors or other devices Setting Unit Setting Type of switch Setting references range "Touch panel controller" 00—15 Touch panel Controller on page 07-118"Touch controller address panel controller" page 07-118 00—15 "Network convertor Convertor (UTY-VTGX, UTY- address VTGXV)"...
  • Page 753 Set the remote controller address of 2-wire type remote controller in manual address setting on- ly. It is not necessary to set in automatic address setting. : Except Wired remote controller (UTY-RCRZ1). ¢ Setting example SetA Master Transmission line (Non-polar 2 core) SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF...
  • Page 754 Setting subject Application Remarks SetA Outdoor unit Set A Refrigerant circuit address Rotary switch REF AD x10, x1 REF AD x10 Set D Refrigerant circuit address REF AD x1 SetD SetE SetF Indoor unit IU AD x10 Set E Indoor unit address IU AD x1 Set F Remote controller address...

  • Page 755: Manual Address Setting Method

    1-3. Manual address setting method ¢ Address setting description • Refrigerant circuit address (Set A and Set D) When there are 2 or more refrigerant systems in one VRF network system, an exclusive refrig- erant circuit address should be set for each refrigerant system. Refrigerant system: One refrigerant circuit which has connected between outdoor unit and in- door unit by piping.
  • Page 756 • Indoor unit address (Set E) An exclusive indoor unit address should be set for each indoor unit in the same refrigerant system. Rotary switch setting Indoor unit address IU AD x10 IU AD x1 – Setting range: 00—63 (Arbitrary numbers can be set.) –...
  • Page 757 • Remote controller address (Set F) Maximum of 16 indoor units can be controlled by 1 individual remote controller with connecting remote controller cable. Those units connected with remote controller cable are regarded as a remote controller group. Even there is only 1 indoor unit with one or no wired controller is connected, it is regarded as one remote controller group.
  • Page 758 R.C.line: 2 wire 2 wire type R.C. 2 wire type R.C. : Set the remote controller address “0” only. Address is automatically assigned from Remote controller. • Touch panel controller setting (Set G) Before performing the initial setting, set the Touch panel controller address first. For details, refer to the setting manual.
  • Page 759 • Network converter setting (Set H) Set the rotary switches 110 and 111 on the Network converter PCB. Network converter for Group remote controller (Max.16) * Group remote controller (Max. 4) * Network converter for Single split air conditioner (Max.100) * Single split air conditioner : The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network converter for Group remote controller, Modbus converter, and Network converter for LonWorks is a max-...
  • Page 760 • Dual remote control switch (Set J) According to the number of connecting wired remote controller(s), turn “ON” or “OFF” the switch 2 of DIP switch 1 on the slave remote controller. 2 wired remote controllers are Only 1 wired remote controller is connected in a remote-control group connected in a remote-control group Master...
  • Page 761 ® • Network converter for LonWorks setting (Set M) NOTE: Setting up more than one Network convertor in one VRF network system is prohib- ited. Network converter ® for L ORKS *: The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network converter for Group remote controller, Modbus converter, and Network converter for LonWorks is a maxi- mum of 16.

  • Page 762: Address Setting By Remote Controller

    1-4. Address setting by remote controller ¢ Address setting by wireless remote controller • A wireless remote controller is required to set the infrared address setting. • Infrared address setting function is available in all indoor units with infrared signal receiver. •...
  • Page 763  Button name and function Address code indicator on the remote controller and the operation lamp on IR receiver unit and on the indoor unit are as shown in the figures below. • For an outline of the address setting, refer to "Address setting"...
  • Page 764  Entering function setting mode NOTE: Be sure that all the procedures described in "Preparation" on page 07-16 are completed. • The position of the MANUAL AUTO button varies depending on the model. For the actual position of the button on each unit, refer to the operation manual. •...
  • Page 765 For confirming the custom code, press the TIMER MODE button to send the code to the indoor unit. Correct code: 2 short beeps Wrong code: No response - (07-19) - 1-4. Address setting by remote controller 1. System settings...
  • Page 766  Indoor unit address setting In the function setting mode display, press the MODE button to enter the address setting mode. Make sure that the function number displayed on the remote controller LCD is “01”. If the num- ber is other than “01”, press the SET TEMP. button to change the number.
  • Page 767 Send the information by pressing the START/STOP button once. A beeping sound (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) will be emitted if the command is accept- Beeps are emitted intermittently (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) In the following cases, the setting signal will not be accepted correctly and 5 short beeps will be...
  • Page 768  Refrigerant circuit address setting NOTE: Even while an indoor unit address is indicated on the indoor unit LED lamp, the indication will be switched to the refrigerant circuit address if the following operation is performed. Press the FAN button to select the function number. Function number Press the SET TEMP.
  • Page 769 Send the information by pressing the START/STOP button once. A beeping sound (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) will be emitted if the command is accept- Beeps are emitted intermittently (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) In the following cases, the setting signal will not be accepted correctly and 5 short beeps will be...
  • Page 770  Completion of address setting mode • The position of the MANUAL AUTO button varies depending on the model. For the actual position of the button on each unit, refer to the operation manual. • If the MANUAL AUTO button is pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more, the error will be dis- played.
  • Page 771  Reconfirmation of address setting Press and hold the FAN and the SET TEMP.▲ buttons. Whilst holding these 2 buttons, press the RESET button. SET TEMP. ( ) RESET Function setting mode display • Indoor unit address setting 1. Make sure that the function number is set to “01” with referring the step 2. in "Indoor unit ad- dress setting"...
  • Page 772  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit by repeating following procedures: • "Preparation" on page 07-16 • "Entering function setting mode" on page 07-18 • "Selection and confirmation of custom code" on page 07-18 •...
  • Page 773 ¢ Address setting by wired remote controller (UTY-RNK) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 774  Button name and function Address code or function indicator on the remote controller is as shown in the figures below. • For an outline of the address setting, refer to "Address setting" on page 07-4. • For the details of function number and setting number used for the function setting, refer to "Func- tion details"...
  • Page 775  Indoor unit address setting In the initial display of setting mode, by pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote con- troller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Remote controller address Example: When remote controller address “01” is selected Display the function number “01”...
  • Page 776  Refrigerant circuit address setting In the initial display of address setting mode, by pressing the SET BACK button, select a re- mote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip this step. Remote controller address Example: When remote controller address “01”...
  • Page 777  Completion of setting mode To exit the setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the 3 buttons of SET TEMP. “ “, SET TEMP. “ “, and FAN at the same time. If there is no key entry for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is pressed, the set- ting mode will be cleared automatically.
  • Page 778 ¢ Address setting by simple remote controller (UTY-RSR and UTY-RHR) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 779  Entering setting mode While displaying Monitor Mode screen, press and hold the TEMP. “ ” button and FAN “ ” button at the same time for 2 seconds or longer. Menu 1 screen will be displayed. Monitor Mode screen Menu 1 screen While displaying the Menu 1 screen, press and hold the FAN “...
  • Page 780 After adjusting the item number to “13” in Menu 2-F1 settings, press the START/STOP but- ton to switch to the function setting screen. Item number Setting item selection screen Function setting screen RELATED LINKS "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-34 "Refrigerant circuit address setting"...
  • Page 781 Press the START/STOP button to switch to the indoor unit address setting. Function number Indoor unit address Press the TEMP. “ ” or TEMP. “ ” button to adjust the indoor unit address number. Indoor unit address Example: Selecting indoor unit address data “12”...
  • Page 782  Refrigerant circuit address setting NOTE: Perform this setting on the master remote controller. While displaying the function setting screen, press the TEMP. “ ” or TEMP. “ ” button to se- lect the 2-wire remote controller address. Function setting screen Example: Selecting the 2-wire remote controller address (002-01) Press the START/STOP...
  • Page 783 Confirm the selected refrigerant circuit address data by pressing the START/STOP button. The data will be transferred to the indoor unit. Example: When refrigerant circuit address data "18" is set up Indoor unit address ERROR GOOD • When the address data is properly set up on the indoor unit, the set number will be dis- played.
  • Page 784  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit requiring address setting by repeating following pro- cedures: • "Preparation" on page 07-32 • "Entering setting mode" on page 07-33 • "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-34 •...
  • Page 785 ¢ Address setting by simple remote controller (UTY-RSK and UTY-RHK) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 786  Button name and function Address code or function indicator on the remote controller is as shown in the figures below. • For an outline of the address setting, refer to "Address setting" on page 07-4. • For the details of function number and setting number used for the function setting, refer to "Func- tion details"...
  • Page 787  Indoor unit address setting In initial display of the setting mode, by pressing SET TEMP. “ ” button or SET TEMP. “ ” button, select a remote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Remote controller address Initial display of Example: When remote controller address address setting mode...
  • Page 788 Confirm the selected indoor unit address data by pressing the START/STOP button. The data will be transferred to the indoor unit. GOOD ERROR • When the address data is properly set up on the indoor unit, the set number will be dis- played.
  • Page 789 Press the FAN button. “Setting number” indicator flashes. Refrigerant circuit address data Set up the refrigerant circuit address data by pressing SET TEMP. “ ” button or SET TEMP. “ ” button. (Setting range is from “00” to “99”.) Indoor unit address data Example: When refrigerant circuit address data “12”...
  • Page 790  Completion of setting mode To exit the setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the 3 buttons of SET TEMP. “ ”, SET TEMP. “ ”, and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. If there is no key entry for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is pressed, the set- ting mode will be cleared automatically.
  • Page 791 ¢ Address setting by wired remote controller (Touch panel) (UTY- RNRZ) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 792  Entering setting mode When “Function Setting” on the Maintenance screen is touched, Installer Password Verification screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch “OK”. Function Setting screen is displayed. Maintenance Function Setting Page 2/ 3 R.C. Address Address [002–01] Test Run Setting...
  • Page 793 Touch “Setting” on the Function Setting screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [01] Setting No. [00] Back Setting Setting screen of “Setting No.” is displayed. Set the Setting No. by touching “ ” or “ ”. (Set- ting range is from “00” to “63”.) Function Setting Address [002–01]...
  • Page 794 Touch “Function No.” on the Function Setting screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [00] Setting No. [00] Back Setting Function No. screen is displayed. Set the Function No. “02” by touching “ ” or “ ”. Function No. Cancel When “OK”...
  • Page 795  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit requiring address setting by repeating following pro- cedures. • "Preparation" on page 07-45 • "Entering setting mode" on page 07-46 • "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-46 •...
  • Page 796 ¢ Address setting by wired remote controller (UTY-RLR) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 797  Entering setting mode Press and hold the 3 buttons of MENU, <, and ENTER at the same time for 2 seconds or longer. Initial display of the setting mode will be displayed. Setting mode initial display In Menu 2 settings, select “13” by pressing < or > button. Press ENTER button.
  • Page 798  Indoor unit address setting NOTE: Perform this setting on the master remote controller. By pressing the + or - button, select a remote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Then pres the ENTER button. Remote controller address Example: When remote controller address “01”...
  • Page 799  Refrigerant circuit address setting NOTE: Perform this setting on the master remote controller. By pressing the + or - button, select a remote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Then press the ENTER button. Remote controller address Example: When setting at all the indoor units By pressing the + or - button, display function number “02”.
  • Page 800  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit requiring address setting by repeating following pro- cedures: • "Preparation" on page 07-50 • "Entering setting mode" on page 07-51 • "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-52 •...

  • Page 801: Automatic Address Setting

    1-5. Automatic address setting The addresses of signal amplifiers and indoor units can be set automatically. CAUTION • Mind the following items when performing automatic address setting. – The controller cannot be used. – Automatic address setting may take about 30 minutes. –...
  • Page 802 ¢ Components location Components related to automatic address setting are located on the outdoor unit PCB. Set the functions of an outdoor unit with the push buttons (SW107, SW108, and SW109) while ob- serving the 7-segment LED lamps (LED105 and LED104) on the PCB. 7-segment LED lamp LED lamp Rotary switch...
  • Page 803 ¢ Preparation Before performing the setting, be sure to conducting necessary preparations. Make sure that the operation of the outdoor unit has stopped (if it is still running, stop the oper- ation), and turn off the power. Remove the front panel of the outdoor unit. Remove the lid of the electrical component box to expose the PCB.
  • Page 804 When “F3” is displayed on the LED104, press the ENTER button (SW109). Indicator on the LED105 flashes. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Press the SELECT button (SW108) to display “10” on the LED105. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When “10” is displayed on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for 3 seconds or longer.
  • Page 805 ¢ Automatic address setting of indoor unit CAUTION • This function can be used for a maximum of 64 indoor units installed within a same refrigerant system. However, a maximum of 48 indoor units can be installed within the same refrigerant system.
  • Page 806 When the automatic address setting is completed, the number of indoor units of which the auto- matic address setting succeeded is displayed on the LED105, and the number of indoor units of which the automatic address setting failed is displayed on the LED104. Example: When 25 indoor units are connected, and the automatic setting of the addresses of all indoor units ended normally LED105...
  • Page 807 ¢ Example of setting flow  Example 1: Setting both addresses of signal amplifiers and indoor units automatically CAUTION • Complete the refrigerant circuit address setting of outdoor units before activating the automatic address setting function. • Setting the indoor units addresses automatically does not necessarily mean that the addresses are assigned sequentially starting from the indoor unit which is located the closest to the out- door units.
  • Page 808 : If the total wiring length within a segment is expected to exceed 500 m, insert a signal amplifier. For details, refer to "Signal amplifier (UTY-VSGXZ1)" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-185. : If the number of nodes (the number of units of indoor units, outdoor units, controllers, and others) is expected to exceed 64 (including signal amplifiers), insert a signal amplifier.

  • Page 809: Terminal Resistor Setting

    1-6. Terminal resistor setting CAUTION • Be sure to set the terminal resistor according to specifications. • Set the terminal resistor for every network segment (NS). – If terminal resistor is set in multiple devices, the overall communication system may be dam- aged.

  • Page 810: Indoor Unit Connection Check

    1-7. Indoor unit connection check NOTE: When performing indoor unit connection check, Service tool and Web monitoring tool need to be stopped. After verifying that the system is operating normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Press the SELECT button (SW108) to display “F3”...
  • Page 811 When “the number of indoor units” or “volume ratio of the indoor units connection” appears on the LED104 and LED105, press the ENTER button (SW109). When indoor unit connection check is completed, the display changes to “PASS.” LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When indoor unit connection check is error, the display changes to “Err.”...

  • Page 812: Function Settings

    2. Function settings To adjust the functions of this product according to the installation environment, various types of function settings are available. NOTE: Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. RELATED LINKS "Setting on outdoor unit PCB" on page 07-67 "Setting on indoor unit PCB"...

  • Page 813: Setting On Outdoor Unit Pcb

    2-1. Setting on outdoor unit PCB ¢ Components location Set the functions of an outdoor unit with the push buttons (SW107, SW108, and SW109) while ob- serving the 7-segment LED lamps (LED105 and LED104) on the PCB. 7-segment LED lamp LED lamp Rotary switch POWER...
  • Page 814 Turn on the power of the outdoor unit. When the system is operated normally, the indicator lamps may light as in following figure: POWER ERROR MODE LED101 LED102 (GREEN) (RED) LED105 LED104 • Make sure that the POWER/MODE indicator lamp (LED101) is on and the ERROR indicator lamp (LED102) is off.
  • Page 815 With referring to "Setting list" on page 07-70, press the SELECT button (SW108) to display the code number of the mode you want to set on the LED105. Example: To select switching between Forced stop and Emergency stop LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Then, press the ENTER button (SW109) to confirm the mode you want to set.
  • Page 816 ¢ Setting list NOTE: Code numbers not listed in the table blow are not available in this product. Do not set the unsupported code numbers. LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting Prohibited Prohibited ♦...
  • Page 817 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting Select the priority setting of the operation mode. Priority given to the first • Priority given to the first ♦ command command: Priority is given to the operation mode which is set first.
  • Page 818 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting Level 1: The operating sound Level 1 ♦ lowers from about 3 to 5 dB (A) more than the rated value. Low noise mode operation Level 2: The operating sound level setting Level 2 lowers from about 3 to 5 dB (A)
  • Page 819 : When the electricity meter pulse setting is set to “0000”, the pulses input to CN135 become inef- fective. Available setting number is “0001” to “9999”. - (07-73) - 2-1. Setting on outdoor unit PCB 2. Function settings...

  • Page 820: Setting On Indoor Unit Pcb

    2-2. Setting on indoor unit PCB Components related to function setting are located on the indoor unit main PCB. ¢ Components location Related components location is differ depending on the type of the indoor unit as follows: Type of PCB Type of indoor unit Compact cassette, 4-way flow cassette, Low static pressure duct (Mini duct), Low static Type 1...
  • Page 821 • Type 2: DIP switch (Type B) Rotary switch (Type C) SW PCB SET1 SET2 SW604 SW605 SW606 SW607 SW608 DIP switch (Type A) SW601 SW602 DIP switch Rotary switch (Type A) (Type D) Main PCB • Type 3: Main PCB Rotary switch DIP switch (type C)
  • Page 822 • Type 4: DIP switch (Type A) SET1 SET2 Main PCB Rotary switch (Type C) DIP switch (Type A) • Type 5: Rotary switch (Type C) DIP switch (Type A) DIP switch (Type A) • Type 6: DIP switch Rotary switch (Type A) DIP switch (Type C)
  • Page 823 • Type 7: DIP switch (Type A) Rotary switch (Type C) DIP switch (Type A) • Type 8: Rotary switch (Type C) SET1 SET2 DIP switch (Type A) DIP switch (Type A) - (07-77) - 2-2. Setting on indoor unit PCB 2.
  • Page 824 ¢ Switch type and setting item Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) SET1 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) External input select “edge/pulse” SET2 Fan delay switch Type A Prohibited Wireless remote controller custom code switch 1...
  • Page 825 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET1, SET2-1: Indoor unit capacity (Setting prohibited) NOTE: DO NOT change these settings at site. Indoor unit capacity SET1-1 SET1-2 SET1-3 SET1-4 SET2-1 (kW) 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0 18.0 22.4 25.0 28.0 • SET2-2: “Edge” or “Pulse” selection of external input SET2-2 External input select Factory setting...
  • Page 826 • SET3-1, 3-2: Custom code switching of wireless remote controller This DIP switch sets the custom code of the wireless remote controller of an indoor unit. If multiple indoor units are being installed in the same room, switch the custom codes of the corre- sponding wireless remote controllers in order to prevent their signals from being mixed.
  • Page 827 • SET4-4: Setting prohibited SET4-4 Factory setting Off (Fixed) ♦ On (Setting prohibited) • SW1: Switching of Remote controller wire type setting Remote controller wire type Factory setting 2WIRE 2-wire ♦ 3WIRE 3-wire - (07-81) - 2-2. Setting on indoor unit PCB 2.
  • Page 828 ¢ Rotary switch setting • IU AD (Indoor unit address): Switching of Indoor unit address Sets the indoor unit addresses. For details, refer to the indoor unit address conversion table in "Address setting" on page 07-4. Factory Rotary switch Description Remarks setting Indoor unit address...

  • Page 829: Setting By Service Tool (Uty-Asgxz1)

    2-3. Setting by service tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) ¢ Remote setting Function setting of the indoor unit and function setting defined as Function “F2” on the outdoor unit can be changed remotely. (Some settings are not available.) The processed result can also be output to a CSV file. a Adapter selection Selects the transmission adapter that connects the system containing units perform processing.
  • Page 830 e Write value input The value input here is set at the write value field of the unit selected in .This input value be- comes the setting change value of the item selected in NOTES: • For the set value of each function setting, refer to "Function details"...
  • Page 831 ¢ Remote perform function Function defined as “F3” on the outdoor unit can be performed remotely. When selecting the function applied to one outdoor unit When selecting the function applied to multiple outdoor units a Adapter name selection Selects the transmission adapter that connects the target unit. b Function selection Selects the function to be operated remotely.
  • Page 832 h Close button Closes this screen. (Remote Perform Function screen) NOTES: • Even if you perform another function by the remote perform function or the push button on the PCB of the outdoor unit while a function is operating, the function may not be changed. •...

  • Page 833: Indoor Unit (Setting By Wireless Remote Controller)

    2-4. Indoor unit (setting by wireless remote controller) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 834 Press the FAN button to proceed to number setting. To return to the function number adjust- ment, press the FAN button again. Press the SET TEMP. button to adjust the setting number. Each time the MODE button is pressed, it switches between the left digit and the right digit. Change digit Send the information by pressing the START/STOP button once.
  • Page 835 Indoor unit lamps will indicate the function setting number as follows: Case 1: When setting number is one digit Indoor unit lamps will indicate the function setting number on the OPERATION (Green) lamp, TIMER (Orange) lamp, and FILTER (Red) lamp. Example) Function number: 30;...
  • Page 836 ¢ Completion of function setting mode • The position of the MANUAL AUTO button varies depending on the model. For the actual position of the button on each unit, refer to the operation manual. • If the MANUAL AUTO button is pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more, the error will be dis- played.
  • Page 837 Function number to be confirmed is displayed on the remote controller LCD. Press the SET TEMP. button to adjust the setting number. Each time the MODE button is pressed, it switches between the left digit and the right digit. Press the TIMER set (-) button. TIMER set (-) Case1: When setting number is one digit Case2: When setting number is two digits...
  • Page 838 ¢ Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit by repeating following procedures. • "Preparation" on page 07-87 • "Indoor unit function setting" on page 07-87 • "Confirmation of function setting" on page 07-89 • "Completion of function setting mode"...

  • Page 839: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rnk)

    2-5. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RNK) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 840 Select the function number by pressing the SET TIME “<” button or SET TIME “>” button. Function number Select the setting number by pressing the SET TEMP. “ ” or the SET TEMP. “ ” button. The setting number indication flashes during number selection setting. Setting number Example) Function number: 30;...
  • Page 841 ¢ Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit by repeating following procedures. • "Preparation" on page 07-93 • "Indoor unit function setting" on page 07-93 • "Completion of setting mode" on page 07-31 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit...

  • Page 842: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsr, Uty-Rhr)

    2-6. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RSR, UTY-RHR) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 843 ¢ Indoor unit function setting NOTE: Perform this setting on the master remote controller. While displaying the function setting screen, press the TEMP. “ ” or TEMP. “ ” button to se- lect the 2-wire remote controller address. Function setting screen Example: Selecting the 2-wire remote controller address (002-03) Press the START/STOP...
  • Page 844 To return to the 2-wire remote controller address selection screen, press the START/STOP button. If setting has been completed, press FAN “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen. When returning to the 2-wire remote Setting completed and returning to controller address selection screen the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen RELATED LINKS...

  • Page 845: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsk, Uty-Rhk)

    2-7. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RSK, UTY-RHK) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 846 ¢ Indoor unit function setting In initial display of the setting mode, by pressing SET TEMP. “ ” button or SET TEMP. “ ” button, select a remote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Remote controller address Initial display of Example: When remote controller address address setting mode...
  • Page 847 Confirm the setting by pressing the START/STOP button. The data will be transferred to the indoor unit. GOOD ERROR • When the setting is properly set up on the indoor unit, the set number will be displayed. (GOOD) • When the setting is not set up correctly, “- -” is displayed. (ERROR) Back to the previous step and perform the setting again.

  • Page 848: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-RnrZ)

    2-8. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RNRZ) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 849 Address screen is displayed. Select the address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching “ ” or “ ”. When setting at all the indoor units, touch “All”. Address 002–01 Cancel When “OK” is touched, the display returns to the Function Setting screen. Touch “Function No.”...
  • Page 850 Touch “Yes” on the verification screen. Function Settung Function setting will be performed. OK? GOOD ERROR Function Setting Function Setting Address [002–01] Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Function No. [30] Setting No. [01] Setting No. [ – ] Back Setting Back Setting •...

  • Page 851: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rlr)

    2-9. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RLR) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 852 By pressing the + or - button, select the function number. Then press the ENTER button. Function number By pressing the + or - button, select the setting number. Example) Function number: 30; Setting number: 01 Setting number ERROR GOOD •...
  • Page 853 ¢ Resetting the power after setting up all indoor units NOTES: • If the reset is not performed, function cannot be read correctly. • After all the functions have been set, the circuit breaker needs to be switched off for at least 2 minutes.

  • Page 854: Function Details

    2-10. Function details Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Standard ♦ Filter Adjusts the filter cleaning interval notification. If the indicator Longer notification is too early, change to setting “01”. If the interval notification is too late, change to setting “02”. Shorter Enable ♦...
  • Page 855 Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Center ♦ Switch the airflow direction based on the installation position of the 3D flow cassette. Right Left Center Right Installation position setting Left Standard ♦ Adjusts the cool air trigger temperature. To make the trigger temperature lower than the Cool air Adjust (1)
  • Page 856 Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Follow the setting • When set “00”, indoor unit is continued operation on the remote ♦ based upon central remote controller or controller individual controller set. Once indoor unit received signal from external controller, indoor unit changed fan mode forcibly.
  • Page 857 Range of static pressure mode by model Model name Range of static pressure mode Normal static pressure ARXK004GLGH ARXK007GLGH SP mode 00 to 03 10 Pa ARXK009GLGH ARXK012GLGH ARXK014GLGH ARXK018GLGH SP mode 00 to 05 15 Pa ARXK024GLGH ARXD007GLEH ARXD009GLEH ARXD012GLEH SP mode 00 to 09 25 Pa...

  • Page 858: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnk)

    2-11. Wired remote controller (UTY-RNK) Prohibited Dual remote controller setting Prohibited DIP switch 1 Prohibited Prohibited Memory backup setting (Only for wired remote controller) DIP switch 2 Do not use. (All switches fixed at OFF.) ¢ Switch location Front case (back side) DIP Switch 2 DIP Switch 1 (All switches...
  • Page 859 • SW3: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW4: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW5: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW6: Memory backup setting (Only for wired remote controller) Set to “ON”...

  • Page 860: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsk, Uty-Rhk)

    2-12. Simple remote controller (UTY-RSK, UTY-RHK) Prohibited Dual remote controller setting Prohibited DIP switch 1 Prohibited Prohibited Memory backup setting (Only for wired remote controller) DIP switch 2 Do not use. (All switches fixed at OFF.) ¢ Switch location DIP Switch * Number of buttons differs by model.
  • Page 861 • SW4: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW5: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW6: Memory backup setting (Only for wired remote controller) Set to “ON” to use batteries for the memory backup. If there is a power failure when this setting is enabled, all the settings stored in the memory will be saved.

  • Page 862: Group Remote Controller

    2-13. Group remote controller Memory backup setting DIP switch Prohibited ¢ Switch location Front case (back side) DIP switch ¢ DIP switch 1 setting • SW1: Memory backup setting If there is a power failure when this setting is enabled, all the settings stored in the memory will be saved.
  • Page 863 ¢ Group remote controller address setting 1. To start the setting, hold down the set time buttons simultaneously for 2 seconds or more. 2. Press the set time buttons to set the group remote controller address. Reverse Advance Check that it is Group remote controller address 3.

  • Page 864: Touch Panel Controller

    2-14. Touch panel controller ¢ Address setting 1. Display the Installer Setting screen, and press “Change” button of “1. The Controller Ad- dress Number Setting”. 2. If it changes to “1. The controller Address Number Setting” screen, press “01” button of Ad- dress No., and then press “OK”...

  • Page 865: Central Remote Controller (Uty-DcgZ)

    2-15. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) ¢ DIP switch setting DIP switch Memory backup setting  Switch location Front case (back side) Set the DIP switch to ON  Memory backup setting DIP switch Factory setting Disabled ♦ Enabled ¢ Address setting 1.
  • Page 866 4. Tap the address list “00” to “15”. NOTES: • Address No. can be set between “00” and “15”. (Up to 16 of this controller can be installed in 1 system.) • When installing 2 or more controllers, set up so that Address No. does not overlap. •...

  • Page 867: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel)

    2-16. Wired remote controller (Touch panel) ¢ Remote controller address confirmation When “R.C. Address Setting” on the Maintenance screen is touched, Installer Password Verification screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch “OK”. R.C. Address Setting screen is displayed. R.C.address (Unit No.) Maintenance...
  • Page 868 When the “Close” on the message screen is touched, the display returns to the R.C. Address Setting screen. Turn on the power again. Manual Addressing Setting is reflected after the power is turned on again. Close NOTES: • Perform manual address setting only when setting the address with an arbitrary number. Indoor unit remote controller address setting is necessary.
  • Page 869 ¢ Master or slave setting of remote controller Touch “RC Master/Slave Setting” on the Initial Setting screen. Initial Setting Page 3/ 3 RC Master/ Slave Setting Previous Back Page RC Master/Slave Setting screen is displayed. Select “Master” or “Slave”. R.C. Master / Slave Setting Master Slave Cancel...
  • Page 870 When the “Yes” on the verification screen of indoor unit verification is touched, all indoor units will stop, and the verification mode starts. I.U. Address Verification Indoor unit position will be checked. OK? When indoor unit position verification ends, a screen displaying the indoor units in a list is dis- played.

  • Page 871: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rlr)

    2-17. Wired remote controller (UTY-RLR) ¢ Remote controller address confirmation Select “15” in Menu 2 settings. Then press the ENTER button. The address of this unit is displayed on the screen. Remote controller address ” is displayed: “ Address automatically allocated Not displayed: Address manually...
  • Page 872 Press the ENTER button. If there is no problem, return to Menu 2 items selection screen. In the case of settings at initial booting, display Monitor mode screen. If there is 0 or more than 2 Master units, the number will be displayed. •...

  • Page 873: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsr, Uty-Rhr)

    2-18. Simple remote controller (UTY-RSR, UTY-RHR) ¢ Remote controller address confirmation Select the “15” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. You can check current allocation of 2-wire remote controller address (system number and unit number). System number Address automatically Unit number allocated...
  • Page 874 Press the “ ” button. If there is no problem, return to Menu 2-F1 items selection screen. In the case of settings at initial booting, display Monitor mode screen. If there is 0 or more than 2 Master units, the number will be displayed. •...

  • Page 875: Network Convertor (Uty-Vtgx, Uty-Vtgxv)

    2-19. Network convertor (UTY-VTGX, UTY-VTGXV) ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switches (SET1) and DIP switches (SET2, SET3) on the network convertor PCB. SET2 SET3 SET1 ¢ Rotary switch setting • SET1: Refrigerant circuit address setting Rotary switch setting Refrigerant circuit address SET1 (x10) SET1 (x1)
  • Page 876 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET2-1: Terminal resistance setting When there is no other terminal resistance in the network segment to which the convertor is connected, set to “ON”. SET2-1 Terminal resistance Factory setting Enable Disable ♦ • SET2-2: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦...

  • Page 877: Network Convertor (Uty-Vggxz1)

    2-20. Network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switches (SW110, SW111) on the network convertor PCB. SW110 SW111 ¢ Rotary switch setting • Convertor address setting for Group remote controller Rotary switch setting Convertor address SW110 SW111 (Example) (10 digit) (1 digit) NOTES:...
  • Page 878 • Refrigerant circuit address setting for split system Rotary switch setting Refrigerant circuit address SW110 SW111 (Example) (10 digit) (1 digit) NOTES: • Setting range: 00 to 99 (Arbitrary numbers can be set.) • When connecting the Network converter for single split air conditioner, set up the number so that the refrigerant circuit address number of the outdoor unit and indoor unit does not overlap.

  • Page 879: Signal Amplifier

    2-21. Signal amplifier ¢ Switch location SW3 SW4 ¢ Automatic address setting Refer to "Automatic address setting of signal amplifier" on page 07-57. ¢ Manual address setting 1. Turn on the power for the signal amplifier. 2. While holding down SW4 (the set button), press and release SW7 (the reset button) to en- ter the address setting mode.
  • Page 880 4. Press SW3 (the mode button) to select the address. The displayed address changes as follows each SW3 button is pressed. When the manual setting is selected, the indicators change as follows: Filter mode: OFF Filter mode: ON Example: Address No.5 is selected •...

  • Page 881: Knx Convertor For Vrf

    2-22. KNX convertor for VRF ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switch (SET1), DIP switch (SET2), and Programming (Prog) button on the KNX convertor PCB. SET2 Prog button PROG LED <RED> <GRN> <ORG> <RED> <BLU> LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 SET1 LED5 LED6 LED7...
  • Page 882 This is a fully compatible KNX device which must be configured and setup using standard KNX tool ETS. For how to configure the settings from the ETS, refer to the Interface Specification. ETS database for this device can be downloaded from: https://fujitsu-general.com/global/support/downloads/vrf/index.html - (07-136) - 2-22. KNX convertor for VRF 2. Function settings...

  • Page 883: Knx Convertor For Indoor Unit

    This is a fully compatible KNX device which must be configured and setup using standard KNX tool ETS. For how to configure the settings from the ETS, refer to the Interface Specification. ETS database for this device can be downloaded from: https://fujitsu-general.com/global/support/downloads/vrf/index.html - (07-137) - 2-23. KNX convertor for Indoor unit 2. Function settings...

  • Page 884: Modbus Converter For Vrf

    2-24. Modbus converter for VRF ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switch (SET1) and DIP switches (SET2, 4, 5, 6, 7) on the PCB. SET2 SET7 SET6 SET5 SET4 SET1 ¢ Rotary switch setting • SET1: Modbus converter remote controller address setting Rotary switch setting Refrigerant circuit address...
  • Page 885 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET2-1: VRF terminal resistance setting When there is no outdoor unit or signal amplifier in the VRF network segment to which the convertor is connected, set to “ON”. SET2-1 VRF terminal resistance Factory setting Enable Disable ♦...
  • Page 886 • SET6-4: Modbus communication baud rate setting Modbus communication baud SET6-4 Factory setting rate 9,600 bps ♦ 19,200 bps • SET7-1, 7-2, 7-3: Setting prohibited SET7-1, 2, 3 Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SET7-4: Terminal resistance setting Terminal resistance of Modbus communication can be set.

  • Page 887: Modbus Converter For Indoor Unit

    2-25. Modbus converter for indoor unit ¢ Switch location Set the DIP switches (SET4, 5, 6, 7) on the PCB. SET7 SET6 SET5 SET4 LED5 LED6 LED7 <GRN> <ORG> <RED> ¢ DIP switch setting • SET4, SET5: Modbus slave address setting Setting range: 1-247 (Arbitrary numbers can be set.) For details, refer to the installation manual.
  • Page 888 • SET7-1, 7-2, 7-3: Setting prohibited SET7-1, 2, 3 Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SET7-4: Terminal resistance setting Terminal resistance of Modbus communication can be set. (Terminal resistance: 120 Ω) In case of circuit terminal resistance, set the terminal resistance to be enabled. SET7-4 Terminal resistance Factory setting...

  • Page 889: Network Converter For Lonworks

    2-26. Network converter for LonWorks ¢ Switch location SW3 SW4 ¢ Address setting Following steps are necessary for setting address of Network converter. For Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network converter for Group remote con- troller, Modbus converter, and Network converter for LonWorks connected in same VRF network system, set an exclusive address on each device.

  • Page 890: Duct Static Pressure Setting

    2-27. Duct static pressure setting ¢ Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) type, Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor type, Low static pressure duct (High efficiency) type, Medium static pressure duct type, and 72/90/96GTEH in High static pressure duct type When the external static pressure is different from the normal static pressure, change the airflow set- ting.
  • Page 891 CAUTION • Setting of static pressure must be fall within the static pressure setting range described in "Fan performance curve" in Chapter 4. INDOOR UNITS on page 04-193. • Static pressure setting out of the static pressure setting range may cause product malfunction such as capacity degradation or water leakage.

  • Page 892: Administrative Indoor Unit Setting

    2-28. Administrative indoor unit setting An indoor unit which decides the priority mode (cooling or heating) in a same refrigerant system can be set as an administrative indoor unit. NOTE: Administrative indoor unit can be set to only 1 unit in a same refrigerant system. ¢...
  • Page 893 NOTE: For canceling the existing master unit setting and applying the master unit setting to other indoor unit, always perform the resetting of current setting first. Then perform the master unit setting to the other indoor unit. • Wired remote controller a.

  • Page 894: Energy Saving Setting On System Controller

    2-29. Energy saving setting on System controller By installing System controller or System controller lite, energy saving function using electricity me- ters can be performed. ¢ Features of energy saving function • Power consumption graph Displays the power consumption measured by the electricity meter connected to the air condition- er by bar graph, and makes it easier to understand the power consumption conditions.
  • Page 895 – Indoor units can be changed in turn according to the stoppage rate set for each group. Group A Group B Group C Group D *The indoor unit operation stoppage rate can be selected from 10% to 30%. Without control With control Time Time...
  • Page 896 • Peak cut operation Reduces the power consumption by setting a specific target value (maximum average power [kW]) for all the air conditioners and controlling operation so that this value is not exceeded. Limit control is performed in 3 steps of “Step 1: Set temperature shift” → “Step 2: Thermostat OFF” →...
  • Page 897 ¢ General setting flow for energy saving and electricity charge apportionment using electricity meter Description mentioned here is an example of general setting flow for performing an energy saving function and an electricity charge apportionment function using an electricity meter. NOTE: Layout of the outdoor units and indoor units, combination of the remote controller group, and other design shall be performed separately from the following steps.
  • Page 898 ¢ Operation example Breakdown of electricity charges in general and the corresponding operation of the system for each item is as follows. Operation status is checked by power consumption graph display. Electric charge (power consumption) = Basic charge + Usage charge + Demand charge Reduced by indoor unit Reduced by outdoor unit Reduced by peak cut control...
  • Page 899 • Failure, etc.: An energy saving function operates only when the related units are operating normally. When the power of the electricity meter and the outdoor units connected to an electricity meter and the Sys- tem controller is turned off due to a failure, etc. the energy saving function will not operate normal- •...

  • Page 900: Electricity Charge Apportionment Setting (System Controller, Touch Panel Controller)

    2-30. Electricity charge apportionment setting (System controller, Touch panel controller) Electricity meters are required to use an electricity charge apportionment function. To perform the functions mentioned here, one of the controller listed below is required: • System controller • System controller lite •...
  • Page 901 ¢ Electrical wiring • Electricity meter connection composition To perform energy saving peak cut control, basically, electricity meters with pulse transmission function measuring all the power consumed by the air conditioner are necessary. Multiple meters installations are also possible as long as the number of electricity meters is within the specified limit.
  • Page 902 • Outdoor unit connection interface (CN135) or touch panel controller connection interface (TM201 CH1) to electricity meter Item Specifications Remarks “a” contacts: ON when shorted Interface Dry contact “a” contacts Width: 50 ms or more Specifications Interval: 50 ms or more Units 1 kWh/pulse (pulse units) recommended.
  • Page 903 • Installation examples of electricity meter – Installation example for each refrigerant system: Electric substation 3-phase electric power: 1st floor air conditioner Refrigerant system 1 equipment Single-phase electric power: (Refrigerant system 1) (Heat pump type) MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker Whm: Electricity meter –...
  • Page 904 ¢ Installation restriction and requirement of electricity meter • Functions that requires installation of electricity meter To use the following functions, use an electricity meter: – Electricity charge apportionment Install for operation using an electricity meter. (Operation without an electricity meter is also pos- sible.) When using an electricity meter, an electricity meter must be installed for all the units which per- form apportionment calculation.
  • Page 905 • Installation abstract Electricity meter connection methods mentioned here can be adapted for the System controller and Touch panel controller (TPC). However, the setting restrictions mentioned here must be ob- served. – Multiple VRF networks can be connected to 1 electricity meter. (with network crossover) NOTE: Combination of UTY-ALGXZ1 and UTY-PLGXE2 does not multiple VRF networks.
  • Page 906 TPC1 management range Whm I/F TPC1 Connect the electricity meter that measures the units managed by the appropriate TPC to the electricity meter I/F belonging to the TPC main unit. Whm I/F TPC2 TPC2 management range TPC1 management range TPC1 Whm I/F Whm I/F TPC2...
  • Page 907 – Installation crossing over refrigerant system is possible. – Outdoor unit/indoor unit mixed in 1 electricity meter is possible. – There are no restrictions on outdoor units which connect an electricity meter. An arbitrary electricity meter can be connected to an arbitrary outdoor unit. - (07-161) - 2-30.
  • Page 908 • Installation restriction Install electricity meters in accordance with the following restrictions: – Install an electricity meter only to air conditioners which are the target of the function. When electric lights and other OA equipment are connected to the electricity meter, also their power consumptions are calculated.
  • Page 909 – Installation of electricity meter which divides remote control groups is prohibited. Remote controller group Remote controller group – Installation of electricity meter which crosses the contract is prohibited. When an electricity meter is used by electricity charge apportionment function, install the elec- tricity meter so that it does not cross over the “contract setting”...
  • Page 910 – When performing apportionment calculation using electricity meter The electricity meter shall be connected to the necessary air conditioners which are the target of calculation by the electricity charge apportionment function. When an electricity meter is not connected, electricity charge apportionment calculation using an electricity meter may not be possible.
  • Page 911 – Electricity apportionment for DX kit [When electricity meter not connected] The following units can be linked to the DX-Kit, by using external output terminals. [A]: External fan [B]: Units linked to run/stop state external output At electricity apportionment, the DX-Kit itself and units [A] and [B] mentioned above can be han- dled.
  • Page 912 Units other than [A] and [B] must not be connected to an electricity meter together with other indoor units. If connected, the electricity amount of DDC, damper and heater is also charged to the other indoor units. DX kit [B] External fan The electricity meter is installed so that the units other than [A], [B] and indoor units [A] Run/stop state...
  • Page 913 ¢ Setting of outdoor unit and System controller To obtain the appropriate power consumption by System controller, the power value measured by an electricity meter must be properly conveyed. To do this, appropriate setting at the electricity meter, outdoor unit, and System controller is necessary. The method of setting the pulse from the electricity meter received by an outdoor unit and the method of setting the pulse value set by System controller are described here.
  • Page 914 • When electricity meter used is specified in pulse units The connection configuration is shown below. System controller Electricity meter Pulse transmission line to CN135 to CN135 Measurement (PT) line Outdoor unit 3ø or 1ø Power cable 1ø Indoor unit Pulse unit Measurement (PT)
  • Page 915 • When electricity meter used is specified by pulse constant The connection configuration is shown below. System controller Electricity meter Pulse transmission Pulse constant line reference point to CN135 to CN135 Measurement line (PT) Outdoor unit 3ø or 1ø Power cable 1ø...
  • Page 916 - (07-170) - 2-30. Electricity charge apportionment setting (System controller, Touch panel 2. Function settings controller)
  • Page 917 8. EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT 2022.02.18 DV_CH08_VR2E018EF_05...
  • Page 918 CONTENTS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT 1. Design precautions ..................08-1 2. Outdoor unit ....................08-2 2-1. Component location......................08-2 2-2. Wiring specifications.......................08-3 2-3. External input........................08-3 2-4. External output .......................08-5 2-5. Optional parts .........................08-6 2-6. Function summary of outdoor unit external input/output ..........08-7 3.

  • Page 919: Design Precautions

    1. Design precautions Cable length regulations: Maximum length for each cable in-between the units are as follows: Connected unit Cable Max. length = L L (m) Type Input Output Outdoor unit Indoor unit Touch panel controller Central remote controller - (08-1) - 1.

  • Page 920: Outdoor Unit

    2. Outdoor unit External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit Function Connector (Optional parts) Low noise mode CN131 Cooling/Heating priority CN132 UTY-XWZXZ6 External input Outdoor unit operation peak control CN133 Emergency/batch stop CN134 Electricity meter pulse CN135 UTY-XWZXZF...

  • Page 921: Wiring Specifications

    2-2. Wiring specifications Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the num- ber of cables to be installed. Cable type Cable size Max. cable length Twisted pair cable 150 m 0.33 mm (22 AWG) CN131 CN132 CN133...
  • Page 922 • When function setting is Batch stop mode: Connector Input signal Command Off → On Batch stop CN134 On → Off — CN134 Batch stop Batch stop Command Operation Indoor unit (Outdoor unit) Stop Remote controller NOTES: • All indoor units of same refrigerant system stops when Batch stop operates. •...

  • Page 923: External Output

    2-4. External output Connector Output signal Status Normal CN136 (Black) DC 12 to 24 V Error Stop CN137 (Blue) DC 12 to 24 V Operation ¢ Error status This output indicates Normal or Error status of the outdoor unit and connected indoor units. As for the required wiring specifications, refer to "Wiring specifications"...

  • Page 924: Optional Parts

    ¢ Base heater This is the output signal for base heater. • The output signal is on under all of the following conditions. – The outdoor temperature goes down below 2°C – The outdoor unit is operating • The output signal is off under any of the following conditions. –...

  • Page 925: Function Summary Of Outdoor Unit External Input/Output

    2-6. Function summary of outdoor unit external input/output ¢ Outdoor unit external input function Dry contact/ Apply voltage Dry contact DC 12 V — ● Emergency stop — — — — (20-01) Low noise mode operation — — — — ●...

  • Page 926: Indoor Unit

    3. Indoor unit External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output Input select Connector (Optional parts) Apply voltage CNA01 UTY-XWZXZB Control input — Dry contact CNA02 UTY-XWZXZD Apply voltage CNA03 UTY-XWZXZ7 Forced thermostat off —...

  • Page 927: External Input

    3-1. External input • Operation/Stop, Emergency stop, or Forced stop of the indoor unit can be set by using CNA01 or CNA02 on the indoor unit PCB. • Start/Stop mode, Emergency stop mode, or Forced stop mode can be selected with function set- ting of the indoor unit.
  • Page 928 When connecting to Apply voltage terminals of multiple indoor units, be sure to make a branch outside the indoor unit using a pull box, etc. as shown in example below. DC power supply 12 to 24 V Load resistance CNA01 Load resistance CNA01...
  • Page 929 When connecting to Dry contact terminals of multiple indoor units, insulate each indoor unit with relay, etc. as shown in example below. CNA02 CNA02 Input device 1 CNA02 Input device 2 K1 to K6: Relay (Device for DC current) CAUTION Do not connect to multiple indoor units directly since it will cause breakdown.
  • Page 930 ¢ Control input function NOTES: • The latest command has priority. • The indoor units within the same remote controller group are operated in the same mode. • When function setting is Operation/Stop mode – In case of Edge input: Connector Channel no.
  • Page 931 • When function setting is Emergency stop mode NOTE: All the indoor units in the same refrigerant system stop when Emergency stop is operated. – In case of Edge input: Connector Channel no. Input signal Command Off → On Emergency stop CNA01 or CNA02 On →...
  • Page 932 • When function setting is Forced stop mode NOTE: If it enters the Forced stop mode once, the indoor unit stops and Operation/Stop operation by a remote controller will be restricted. – In case of Edge input: Connector Channel no. Input signal Command Off →...
  • Page 933 • Considerations when setting Forced stop CAUTION When Forced stop function is used with forming a remote controller group, connect the same equipment to each indoor unit within the group. Connection example: Remote controller group DC power supply Wired or Simple 12 to 24 V remote controller Load...
  • Page 934 ¢ Forced thermostat off function NOTE: Indoor unit may not perform Thermostat off promptly even if it received the signal by operat- ing conditions of other indoor unit in the same refrigerant system. • Edge input only Function setting Connector Channel no.
  • Page 935 [System diagram example] External controller Relay External input wire Outdoor thermistor Indoor unit Indoor thermistor Indoor Outdoor temperature temperature Damper motor 31˚C 28˚C Except indoor unit and External wire (service parts) are procured at field. [Operation status] Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp.: On Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp.
  • Page 936 [Function setting of indoor unit] Indoor unit continues appropriate operation until Forced thermostat off signal is received, at condi- tion which are set by central and individual controller or detected by thermo sensors of the indoor unit. Once the Forced thermostat off signal is received, the indoor unit start operation under fan mode.
  • Page 937 • Example 2: – Individual connection – Function setting for Fan setting when cooling thermostat off Number 49-01 (Stop) Forced thermostat off is one of the energy-saving functions. For example, when using ventilator at condition of the outdoor temperature is lower than the indoor temperature, indoor unit of air condi- tioner stops based on the received signal from external controller.
  • Page 938 [Operation status] Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp.: On Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp. > Indoor temp.: Off Forced thermostat off Command from external controller Normal Open Close Indoor unit Normal means that the indoor unit continues appropriate operation until Forced thermostat off sig- nal is received, at condition which are set by central and individual controller or detected by ther- mo sensors of the indoor unit.
  • Page 939 [Example of electrical circuit] Indoor unit Dry contact external input wire Indoor unit External Service parts controller Relay CNA04 Max. 150 m Item Specification Terminal CNA04 Output voltage DC 12 V Specification of external input Wire diameter 0.33 mm (22 AWG), Twisted Service part no.

  • Page 940: External Output

    3-2. External output • A twisted pair cable 0.33 mm (22 AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 25 m. • Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the number of cables to be installed. •...
  • Page 941 ¢ Operation status (External output 1) The output for CNB01 (1-2) is on when the Operation indoor unit is operating. Indoor unit Stop The output is off when the unit is stopped. 12 V CNB01 (1-2) Output ¢ Error status (External output 2) The output for CNB01 (1-3) is on when an Error error is generated for the indoor unit.
  • Page 942 ¢ Auxiliary heater output (External output 4) When indoor unit fan and compressor is turned on in heating operation, the signal is output from connector. NOTE: Corresponding indoor units: All duct type Specifications of the signal output performance are as shown as follows: Example: When set temperature (Ts) is set at 22 °C;...

  • Page 943: Optional Parts

    3-3. Optional parts External connect kit Model name Exterior Q’ty Usage For forced thermostat off port. UTY-XWZXZ7 (Apply voltage terminal) UTY-XWZXZC For output port. For control input port. UTY-XWZXZB (Apply voltage terminal) For control input port. UTY-XWZXZD (Dry contact terminal) For forced thermostat off port.

  • Page 944: Function Summary Of Indoor Unit External Input And Output

    3-4. Function summary of indoor unit external input and output ¢ Indoor unit external input function Dry contact/ Apply voltage Dry contact DC 12 V Apply voltage ● ● Operation/Stop — — (46-00) (46-00) ● ● Emergency stop — — (46-01) (46-01) Function...

  • Page 945: Controller

    4. Controller RELATED LINKS "Touch panel controller" on page 08-27 "Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ)" on page 08-32 "Function summary of controller external input/output" on page 08-38 4-1. Touch panel controller External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output...
  • Page 946 • TM201 (CN411): Dry contact terminal When a power supply is unnecessary at the input device you want to connect, use the Dry contact terminal TM201 (CN411). Connection example 1: When the switch is connected TM201 Short circuit detection resistance (R ): ≤...
  • Page 947 • TM201 (CN412): Apply voltage terminal When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, use the Apply voltage terminal TM201 (CN412). Connection example 1: When the switch is connected DC power supply 12 to 24 V TM201 Connection example 2: When the electricity meter is connected DC power supply...
  • Page 948  Input signal type The input signal type can be selected. Emergency stop or All on Edge Emergency stop reset or All off Emergency stop or All on 300 ms or more Emergency stop reset or All off Pulse 50 ms or more Electricity meter signal When Edge is selected, only Ch1 can be used.
  • Page 949 ¢ External output Connector Output voltage Status All indoor units: Stop Pins 1-2 DC 12 V One or more indoor units: Operation CN410 (Black) Normal Pins 3-4 DC 12 V Error DC power supply 12 V * Connected load Connected load CN410 Connected unit (Black)

  • Page 950: Central Remote Controller (Uty-DcgZ)

    4-2. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output Input select Connector (Optional parts) Dry contact CN12, CN13 UTY-XWZXZ7 Control input — Apply voltage CN14, CN15 UTY-XWZXZ8 Operation status —...
  • Page 951 • CN14 (Ch1) and CN15 (Ch2): Apply voltage terminal When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, connect to CN14 (Ch1) and CN15 (Ch2). Power supply DC 24 V CN14 (Ch1, White) CN15 (Ch2, Black) Make the power supply DC 24 V.
  • Page 952  Input signal type The input signal type can be selected by using Central remote controller interface. To select the input signal type, do as follows: 1. Tap Menu button. 2. Tap “Installer Setting”. 3. Tap “External Input Setting”. 4. Tap “Operation” and select following operation for external input. •...
  • Page 953  Control input function • In case of Edge input: Connector Input signal Command Off → On All on / Emergency stop CN12 (Ch1) or CH14 (Ch1) On → Off All off / Normal CN12 (Ch1) or CH14 (Ch1) Off All on / Emergency stop Indoor unit All off / Normal...
  • Page 954 ¢ External output Terminal Output voltage Status DC 12 V One or more indoor units: Operation All indoor units: Stop CN18 DC 12 V Error Normal DC power supply 12 V * Connected load Connected load Connected unit CN18 Provide a DC 12 V power supply. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load.
  • Page 955 ¢ Optional parts External connect kit Model name Exterior Q’ty Usage Edge Pulse For control input port. UTY-XWZXZ7 (Dry contact terminal) Edge Pulse For control input port. UTY-XWZXZ8 (Apply voltage terminal) UTY-XWZXZA For output port. - (08-37) - 4-2. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGZ) 4.

  • Page 956: Function Summary Of Controller External Input/Output

    4-3. Function summary of controller external input/output ¢ Controller external input function Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGZ1) Dry contact/Apply voltage Dry contact Apply voltage ● ● Emergency stop (Screen icon) (Screen icon) Function ● ● All on/All off (Screen icon) (Screen icon) TM201 TM201 TM201...
  • Page 957 ¢ Controller external output function Controller Touch panel controller Dry contact/ Apply voltage Apply voltage Operation status ● — Function Error status — ● CN410 CN410 Terminal (Pin1-2) (Pin3-4) Allowable DC12 V voltage External Specifications power supply Allowable 15 mA or less current Wire size 0.33 mm...
  • Page 958 - (08-40) - 4-3. Function summary of controller external input/output 4. Controller...
  • Page 959 9. NOTES 2022.02.18 DV_CH09_J3LU061EF_08...
  • Page 960 CONTENTS 9. NOTES 1. Refrigerant leakage caution ...............09-1 1-1. Introduction........................09-1 1-2. Checking concentration limit...................09-2 1-3. Refrigerant concentration countermeasures..............09-4 2. Installation precautions ................09-5 2-1. Indoor unit installation precautions .................09-5 2-2. Outdoor unit installation precautions ................09-9 3. Compatibility of VRF system..............09-10 3-1. Compatibility of controller system .................09-10 3-2.

  • Page 961: Refrigerant Leakage Caution

    1. Refrigerant leakage caution The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against leakage according to local regulations or standards. The following standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available. 1-1. Introduction This air conditioners use R410A as refrigerant. Though R410A is harmless and incombustible in it- self, the room in which the air conditioner is installed should be large enough that the refrigerant gas will not exceed the concentration limit even if the refrigerant gas leaks.

  • Page 962: Checking Concentration Limit

    1-2. Checking concentration limit Check concentration limit following step 1 and 2, and take appropriate measures depending on the situation. Calculate amount of refrigerant per refrigerant system. Unit: kg Amount of refrigerant Amount of additional Total amount of refrigerant in system refrigerant system...
  • Page 963 Calculate refrigerant concentration from the results of step 1 and 2. Total amount of refrigerant in refrigerant system Unit: kg Refrigerant concentration (R410A) ≤ Unit: kg/m Capacity of smallest room where indoor unit is installed Unit: m When the result of calculation exceeds the limiting concentration, perform the same calculation by shifting to second smallest, and the third smallest rooms until the final result is below the limiting concentration.

  • Page 964: Refrigerant Concentration Countermeasures

    1-3. Refrigerant concentration countermeasures When the concentration limit is exceeded, the designer will need to change the original design or use one of the countermeasures below to reduce potential exposure to refrigerant. Always consult local codes to ensure proper design. •...

  • Page 965: Installation Precautions

    2. Installation precautions 2-1. Indoor unit installation precautions NOTE: The information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. ¢ Places where prohibited for use • Places where there is a danger of combustible gas leakage. •...
  • Page 966 ¢ Points to remember when installing • The product shall be installed at a place which can withstand the weight and vibration of the in- door. • To allow maintenance after refrigerant piping, drain piping, and electric wiring connection and in- stallation, provide an installation service space and an inspection port, as required.
  • Page 967 Condition Contents Countermeasures (Reference) When When the wall mounted type was installed in a bedroom, 1. Plan installation of a model with installation living room, or other quiet place, the sound of the external expansion valve. environment is refrigerant flow may be sensed as noise and must be 2.
  • Page 968 Slit of heat insulating material Heat insulation reinforcement material Flare connection facing upward (locally purchased) To indoor unit Covered gas pipe (heat insulation strengthened) Fit tightly Heat insulating material Small exposed part Binding material (purpose is to cover the sealant) (locally purchased) of copper pipe is desirable.

  • Page 969: Outdoor Unit Installation Precautions

    2-2. Outdoor unit installation precautions NOTE: The information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. ¢ Places where prohibited for use • Places where there is a danger of combustible gas leakage. • Places where sulfur gas, chlorine gas, acid, alkali, or other matter which effects equipment is gen- erated.

  • Page 970: Compatibility Of Vrf System

    3. Compatibility of VRF system RELATED LINKS "Outdoor unit and indoor unit lineup" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-1 "Optional parts" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-7 "Indoor unit type and applicable control method" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-8 "Applicable parts"...
  • Page 971 Individual controller • Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit Wired remote ○ controller (Touch UTY-RNRZ panel) Wired remote ○ UTY-RLR controller Wired remote ○ UTY-RCRZ1 controller Wired remote ○ UTY-RNK SET TEMP. START/STOP controller Simple remote ○...
  • Page 972 Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit Simple remote ○ controller (Without UTY-RHK operation mode) Wireless remote ○ UTY-LNH controller *: It is not connectable with indoor units of previous model. - (09-12) - 3-1. Compatibility of controller system 3.

  • Page 973: Compatibility Of Adapter/Convertor/Maintenance Tool

    3-2. Compatibility of adapter/convertor/maintenance tool Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit ○ Network converter UTY-VTGX Network converter ○ UTY-VTGXV (AC power supply) ○ Network converter UTY-VGGXZ1 Network converter for ○ UTY-VLGX LonWorks KNX converter for ○ UTY-VKGX ○...
  • Page 974 Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit ○ Wireless LAN adapter UTY-TFSXZ1 ○ Signal amplifier UTY-VSGXZ1 External switch UTY-TERX ○ controller UTY-TEKX ○ Service tool UTY-ASGXZ1 ○ Web monitoring tool UTY-AMGXZ1 • *1: Following indoor units cannot be connected. –...

  • Page 975: About Connection Between Series

    4. About connection between series 4-1. Piping connection NOTE: Connection over different series in same refrigerant system is prohibited. Example 1 (OK) • Refrigerant system 1 VR-II/VR-IV Outdoor unit Separation tube Refrigerant pipe RB unit Refrigerant system 2 V-III/V-IV Outdoor unit Separation tube Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant system 3...

  • Page 976: Wiring Connection

    4-2. Wiring connection NOTE: Connection over different series in same refrigerant system is prohibited. Example 1 (OK) • When wiring to each refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II/VR-IV Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 J-IIIL/J-IVL Outdoor unit...
  • Page 977 Example 2 (OK) • When stepping over, and wiring to the refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II/VR-IV Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 J-IIIL/J-IVL Outdoor unit Transmission line Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 V-III/V-IV Outdoor unit Transmission line...
  • Page 978 Example 3 (Prohibited) • NOTE: Slave units of V series and J series cannot be connected. VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II/VR-IV Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 Transmission line V-III/V-IV Outdoor unit Transmission line Master Slave...
  • Page 979 10. OPTIONAL PARTS 2022.03.03 DV_CH10_VR2E018EF_16...
  • Page 980 CONTENTS 10. OPTIONAL PARTS 1. EV kit ......................10-1 1-1. Applicable models ......................10-1 1-2. Specifications .........................10-1 1-3. Dimensions........................10-1 1-4. Accessories ........................10-2 2. Separation tube ...................10-3 2-1. Connection capacity .......................10-3 2-2. Dimensions........................10-4 3. Header ......................10-5 3-1. Connection capacity .......................10-5 3-2. Dimensions........................10-6 4. Controllers ....................10-8 4-1.

  • Page 981: Ev Kit

    1. EV kit 1-1. Applicable models Applicable indoor unit Model Type Model Wall mounted ASE004GCEH, ASE007GCEH, ASE009GCEH UTR-EV09XB Compact floor AGE004GCEH, AGE007GCEH, AGE009GCEH Wall mounted ASE012GCEH, ASE014GCEH UTR-EV14XB Compact floor AGE012GCEH, AGE014GCEH 1-2. Specifications Model name UTR-EV09XB UTR-EV14XB Dimensions (H × W × D) 121 ×...

  • Page 982: Accessories

    • Hanger ø12 (hole) 6-5×10 (long hole) 1-4. Accessories Part name Exterior Q’ty Part name Exterior Q’ty EV kit Cable tie (Large) M10 nut A Cable tie (Small) (with flange) M10 nut B (with spring lock Coupler heat insulation washer) Screw Tube - (10-2) -...

  • Page 983: Separation Tube

    2. Separation tube 2-1. Connection capacity Connection capacity values written in this section are reference values. For pipe designing, refer to "Piping design" in Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-17. For 2 pipes Total cooling capacity of indoor units at rated Model name Connection capacity of separation tube (kW) condition (kW)

  • Page 984: Dimensions

    2-2. Dimensions ¢ Model: UTP-AX054A Exterior (Unit: mm) Part name Q’ty Ø6.35 Ø9.52 Ø6.35 Liquid pipe Ø9.52 Ø12.70 Ø6.35 Ø9.52 Ø9.52 Ø12.70 Ø15.88 Ø12.70 Ø19.05 Gas pipe Ø19.05 Ø15.88 Ø19.05 Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø12.70 Heat insulation For liquid pipe × 1 For gas pipe ×...

  • Page 985: Header

    3. Header 3-1. Connection capacity For pipe designing, refer to "Piping design" in Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-17. Total cooling capacity of indoor 3 to 6 Branches 3 to 8 Branches units (kW) 28.0 or less UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L - (10-5) - 3-1.

  • Page 986: Dimensions

    3-2. Dimensions ¢ Model: UTR-H0906L Exterior (Unit: mm) Part name Q’ty Ø6.35 Ø9.52 Ø9.52 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø6.35 Liquid pipe P60 × 5 = 300 Detail A Ø12.70 Ø15.88 Ø15.88 Ø19.05 Ø12.70 Ø22.22 Ø9.52 Gas pipe Detail A Ø19.05 Ø15.88 Ø12.70 Detail B Closed pipe Ø6.35...
  • Page 987 ¢ Model: UTR-H0908L Exterior (Unit: mm) Part name Q’ty Ø6.35 Ø9.52 Ø9.52 Ø12.70 Ø9.52 Ø6.35 Liquid pipe P60 × 7 = 420 Detail A Ø12.70 Ø15.88 Ø15.88 Ø19.05 Ø12.70 Ø22.22 Ø9.52 Detail A Gas pipe Ø19.05 Ø15.88 Ø12.70 Detail B Closed pipe Ø6.35 Closed pipe...

  • Page 988: Controllers

    4. Controllers 4-1. Central control Exterior Part name Model name Summary System controller realizes the advanced integrated monitoring & control of VRF network system from System UTY-APGXZ1 small scale buildings to large scale controller buildings. Optional: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY- PPGXP2 System controller lite has standard functions sufficient for air conditioner management in small and medium System...
  • Page 989 Exterior Part name Model name Summary High visibility and easy operation. Room temperature can be accurately Wired remote controlled using the built-in thermo UTY-RCRZ1 controller sensor. Wire type: Non-polar 2-wire Room temperature can be controlled Wired remote by detecting the temperature UTY-RNK...

  • Page 990: Adapter/Converter/Maintenance Tool

    5. Adapter/Converter/Maintenance tool Exterior Part name Model name Summary Split type systems can be controlled Network UTY-VTGX from a central controller via the converter converter. Network Split type systems can be controlled converter (AC UTY-VTGXV from a central controller via the power supply) converter.
  • Page 991 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Remotely manage an Air Conditioning Wireless LAN UTY-TFSXZ1 system using mobile devices such as adapter Smartphones, and tablets. If the total length of transmission line exceeds 500 m, or the number of units Signal amplifier UTY-VSGXZ1 exceeds 64, a Signal amplifier will be necessary.

  • Page 992: Cassette Grille

    6. Cassette grille Exterior Model name Remarks UTG-UFE-W Grid type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-UFC-W Standard type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-UKC-W UTG-UKA-B For Circular flow cassette type UTG-UGA-W For 4-way flow cassette type UTG-USA-W For 3D flow cassette type UTG-UNA-W For One way flow cassette type UTG-UNB-W...

  • Page 993: Others

    7. Others 7-1. Parts list NOTE: For applicable indoor unit type, refer to "Applicable parts" on page 10-17. Exterior Part name Model name Flange (Square) UTD-SF045T Flange (Round) UTD-RF204 Long-Life filter UTD-LF25NA × 2 pcs Long-Life filter UTD-LF60KA × 2 pcs Long-Life filter UTD-LFNA ×...
  • Page 994 Exterior Part name Model name Panel spacer UTG-BKXA-W Wide panel UTG-AKXA-W Half concealed kit UTR-STA IR receiver unit UTY-TRHX IR receiver unit UTB-YWC IR receiver unit UTY-LRHB1 IR receiver unit UTY-LBHXD Human sensor kit UTY-SHZXC Remote sensor unit UTY-XSZX - (10-14) - 7-1.
  • Page 995 Exterior Part name Model name Install when the condition under the roof is over 80% in humidity and over 30 °C in temperature. UTZ-KXRA Insulation UTZ-KXGA Insulation kit for high humidity UTZ-KXGB UTZ-KXGC Fresh air intake kit UTZ-VXAA Fresh air intake kit UTZ-VXRA UTD-GXTA-W Auto louver grille kit...
  • Page 996 Exterior Model name UTY-XWZXZ6 For Outdoor unit UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ8 For Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit UTY-XWZXZA For Touch panel controller and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZB For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZC For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZD For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZE...

  • Page 997: Applicable Parts

    7-2. Applicable parts RELATED LINKS "Indoor unit type and applicable control method" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-8 "Compatibility of VRF system" in Chapter 9. NOTES on page 09-10 ¢ For cassette type Air outlet shutter plate Panel spacer Wide panel Type UTR-YDZB...
  • Page 998 Optional parts Type Insulation kit for high humidity Model name UTZ-KXRA UTZ-KXRA UTZ-KXGC UTZ-KXGA UTZ-KXGB Compact cassette ● AUXN009GLAH ● AUXN012GLAH ● AUXN014GLAH ● AUXM018GLEH ● AUXM024GLEH ● AUXM030GLEH ● Circular flow AUXK018GLEH ● cassette AUXK024GLEH ● AUXK030GLEH ● AUXK034GLEH ●...
  • Page 999 ¢ For duct type Remote sensor Flange Drain pump unit unit Type UTD-SF045T UTD-RF204 UTZ-PX1NBA UTY-XSZX Low static pressure duct ● (Mini duct) Low static pressure duct ● (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor Low static pressure duct ● ● ● ● (High efficiency) Medium static pressure duct ●...
  • Page 1000 Type Long-Life filter Model name UTD-LF25NA UTD-LFNA UTD-LF60KA Low static pressure duct (Mini duct) Low static pressure duct (Slim duct)/Slim concealed floor Low static pressure duct ● (High efficiency) Medium static pressure duct ● ARXC036GTEH ● High static pressure duct ARXC045GTEH ●...
  • Page 1001 Type Auto louver grille kit Model name UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXTB-W UTD-GXTC-W ARXK004GLGH ● ARXK007GLGH ● Low static ARXK009GLGH ● pressure duct ARXK012GLGH ● (Mini duct) ARXK014GLGH ● ARXK018GLGH ● ARXK024GLGH ● ARXD007GLEH ● Low static pressure duct ARXD009GLEH ● ARXD012GLEH ● (Slim duct) ARXD014GLEH ●...
  • Page 1002 ¢ For floor type, floor/ceiling type, and ceiling type External power Flange Drain pump unit Half concealed kit supply unit Type UTZ-GXXA UTD-RF204 UTR-DPB24T UTR-STA UTZ-GXXC Compact floor ● ● Compact floor ● ● (EEV external) Floor/Ceiling ● Ceiling ● ●...

  • Page 1003: Optional Parts Installation

    8. Optional parts installation 8-1. Drain pump unit for duct type RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-17 ¢ Specifications Model name UTZ-PX1NBA Height of drain up Maximum 1,000 Power source 220—240 V, 50/60 Hz Power input (230 V, 50/60 Hz) 12/10.8 Current (230 V, 50/60 Hz) 114/92...

This manual is also suitable for:

Airstage j-ivs aj 054lcldh seriesAirstage j-ivs aj 045lcldh seriesAirstage j-ivs auxb004glehAirstage j-ivs auxb007glehAirstage j-ivs auxb009glehAirstage j-ivs auxb012gleh ... Show all

Table of Contents